Kia Sportage RHD EN PDF
Kia Sportage RHD EN PDF
Kia Sportage RHD EN PDF
i
Introduction 1
Audio system 5
table of contents
Driving your vehicle 6
What to do in an emergency 7
Maintenance 8
Index I
ii
Introduction
1 2
Introduction
FUEL REQUIREMENTS
Petrol engine Leaded (if equipped)
CAUTION For some countries, your vehicle is
Unleaded
NEVER USE LEADED FUEL. The designed to use leaded petrol. When
For Europe use of leaded fuel is detrimental you are going to use leaded petrol,
For the optimal vehicle performance, to the catalytic converter and Kia recommends to visit an autho-
we recommend you to use unleaded will damage the engine control rised Kia dealer/service partner and
petrol with an octane rating of RON system’s oxygen sensor and ask whether leaded petrol in your
(Research Octane Number) 95 / AKI affect emission control. vehicle is available or not.
(Anti Knock Index) 91 or higher. Never add any fuel system Octane Rating of leaded petrol is
You may use unleaded petrol with an cleaning agents to the fuel tank same with unleaded one.
octane rating of RON 91~94 / AKI other than what has been speci-
87~90 but it may result in slight per- fied. (Kia recommends to con-
formance reduction of the vehicle. sult an authorised Kia
(Do not use methanol blended fuels.) dealer/service partner for
details.)
Except Europe
Your new Kia vehicle is designed to WARNING
use only unleaded fuel having an
Octane Rating of RON (Research • Do not "top off" after the noz-
Octane Number) 91 / AKI (Anti- zle automatically shuts off
Knock Index) 87 or higher. (Do not when refuelling.
use methanol blended fuels.) • Always check that the fuel cap
is installed securely to pre-
vent fuel spillage in the event
Your new vehicle is designed to of an accident.
obtain maximum performance with
UNLEADED FUEL, as well as min-
imise exhaust emissions and spark
plug fouling.
1 3
Introduction
Petrol containing alcohol and Vehicle damage or drivability prob- Other fuels
methanol lems may not be covered by the Using fuels such as
Gasohol, a mixture of petrol and manufacturer’s warranty if they result
from the use of: - Silicone (Si) contained fuel,
ethanol (also known as grain alco-
1. Gasohol containing more than - MMT (Manganese, Mn) contained
hol), and petrol or gasohol containing
10% ethanol. fuel,
methanol (also known as wood alco-
hol) are being marketed along with or 2. Petrol or gasohol containing - Ferrocene (Fe) contained fuel, and
instead of leaded or unleaded petrol. methanol. - Other metalic additives contained
Do not use gasohol containing more 3. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol. fuels,
than 10% ethanol, and do not use may cause vehicle and engine dam-
petrol or gasohol containing any age or cause plugging, misfiring,
methanol. Either of these fuels may CAUTION poor acceleration, engine stalling,
cause drivability problems and dam- Never use gasohol which con- catalyst melting, abnormal corrosion,
age to the fuel system, engine control tains methanol. Discontinue use life cycle reduction, etc.
system and emission control system. of any gasohol product which Also, the Malfunction Indicator
Discontinue using gasohol of any impairs drivability. Lamp (MIL) may illuminate.
kind if drivability problems occur.
✽ NOTICE
Damage to the fuel system or per-
formance problem caused by the use
of these fuels may not be covered by
your New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
1 4
Introduction
1 6
Introduction
1 7
Introduction
1 8
Your vehicle at a glance
EXTERIOR OVERVIEW
■ Front view
1. Bonnet ...................................................4-41
2. Head lamp (Features of your vehicle) ...4-134
Head lamp (Maintenance).....................8-93
3. Front fog lamp
(Features of your vehicle).....................4-141
Front fog lamp (Maintenance) ...............8-93
4. Wheel and tyre...............................8-59, 9-7
5. Outside rearview mirror.........................4-58
6. Panorama sunroof .................................4-47
7. Front windscreen wiper blades
(Features of your vehicle)....................4-147
Front windscreen wiper blades
(Maintenance) .......................................8-51
8. Windows ................................................4-36
9. Parking distance warning-forward .......4-109
2 2
Your vehicle at a glance
■ Rear view
2 3
Your vehicle at a glance
INTERIOR OVERVIEW
2 4
Your vehicle at a glance
2 5
Your vehicle at a glance
2 6
Your vehicle at a glance
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
■ Petrol Engine (Nu 2.0L - MPI)
❈ The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OQLE075094RE/OQLE075095R
2 7
Your vehicle at a glance
❈ The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OQL078001R
2 8
Safety features of your vehicle
SEATS
Front seat
(1) Forward and backward
(2) Seatback angle
(3) Seat cushion height*
(4) Lumbar support (Driver’s seat)*
(5) Head rest
■ Manual seat
Rear seat
(6) Seatback angle and folding
(7) Headrest
(8) Armrest
■ Power seat
* : if equipped
OQL035001R
3 2
Safety features of your vehicle
3 3
Safety features of your vehicle
3 4
Safety features of your vehicle
3 5
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING
NEVER ride with a reclined seat-
back when the vehicle is moving.
OQL035003R Riding with a reclined seatback
OQL035002R increases your chance of seri-
To recline the seatback:
ous or fatal injuries in the event
To move the seat forward or backward: 1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the of a collision or sudden stop.
1. Pull the seat slide adjustment seatback recline lever.
Drivers and passengers should
lever up and hold it. 2. Carefully lean back on the seat ALWAYS sit well back in their
2. Slide the seat to the position you and adjust the seatback of the seats, properly belted, and with
desire. seat to the position you desire. the seatbacks upright.
3. Release the lever and make sure 3. Release the lever and make sure
the seat is locked in place. the seatback is locked in place. (The
Adjust the seat before driving, and lever MUST return to its original
make sure the seat is locked securely position for the seatback to lock.)
by trying to move forward and back-
ward without using the lever. If the
seat moves, it is not locked properly.
3 6
Safety features of your vehicle
Seat belts must be snug against your Seat height (if equipped) Lumbar support (if equipped)
hips and chest to work properly.
When the seatback is reclined, the
shoulder belt cannot do its job
because it will not be snug against
your chest. Instead, it will be in front
of you. During an accident, you could
be thrown into the seat belt, causing
neck or other injuries.
The more the seatback is reclined,
the greater chance the passenger’s
hips will slide under the lap belt or
the passenger’s neck will strike the
OQL035004R OQL035067R
shoulder belt.
To change the height of the seat, push The lumbar support can be adjusted
the lever upwards or downwards. by pressing the lumbar support
• To lower the seat cushion, push the switch on the side of the seat.
lever down several times. 1. Press the front portion of the
• To raise the seat cushion, pull the switch to increase support, or the
lever up several times. rear portion of the switch, to
decrease support.
2. Release the switch once it reach-
es the desired position.
3 7
Safety features of your vehicle
3 8
Safety features of your vehicle
Seatback angle Seat height (if equipped) Lumbar support (for driver’s seat,
if equipped)
OQL035007R OQL035008R
Push the control switch forward or Pull the front portion of the control OQL035009R
backward to move the seatback to switch up to raise or press down to The lumbar support can be adjusted
the desired angle. Release the lower the front part of the seat cush- by pressing the lumbar support
switch once the seat reaches the ion. Pull the rear portion of the con- switch on the side of the seat.
desired position. trol switch up to raise or press down 1. Press the front portion of the
to lower the rear part of the seat switch to increase support, or the
cushion. Release the switch once the rear portion of the switch, to
seat reaches the desired position. decrease support.
2. Release the switch once it reach-
es the desired position.
3 9
Safety features of your vehicle
3 10
Safety features of your vehicle
OYFH034205 OQL035012R
■ Type B
OQL035011
3 11
Safety features of your vehicle
OQL035015R
3 12
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING
The purpose of the fold-down
rear seatbacks is to allow you to
carry longer objects that could OQL035021
OQL035016
not be accommodated in the To fold down the rear seatback:
cargo area. 1. Set the front seatback to the
The seatback pocket is provided on Never allow passengers to sit
the back of the front passenger’s and upright position and if necessary,
on top of the folded down seat- slide the front seat forward.
driver’s seatbacks. back whilst the vehicle is mov- 2. Lower the rear head restraints to
ing. This is not a proper seating the lowest position.
WARNING - Seatback position and no seat belts are
pockets available for use. This could
Do not put heavy or sharp result in serious injury or death
objects in the seatback pockets. in case of an accident or sud-
In an accident they could come den stop. Objects carried on the
loose from the pocket and folded down seatback should
injure vehicle occupants. not extend higher than the top
of the front seatbacks. This
could allow cargo to slide for-
ward and cause injury or dam-
age during sudden stops.
3 13
Safety features of your vehicle
OQL035030
OQL035023 OQL035024
4. Lift up the front portion of the seat- 5. To use the rear seat, lift and push
back folding lever, then fold the the seatback rearward by lifting up
seat toward the front of the vehicle. the front portion of the folding lever.
When you return the seatback to Push the seatback firmly until it
its upright position, always be sure clicks into place. Make sure the
it has locked into position by push- seatback is locked in place.
ing on the top of the seatback.
OQL035022
3. Insert the rear seat belt buckle in
the pocket between the rear seat-
back and cushion, and insert the
rear seat belt webbing in the guide
to prevent the seat belt from being
damaged.
3 14
Safety features of your vehicle
Armrest
WARNING WARNING
When returning the rear seat- Do not place objects in the rear
back from a folded to an upright seats, since they cannot be
position, hold the seatback and properly secured and may hit
return it slowly. Ensure that the vehicle occupants in a collision
seatback is completely locked causing serious injury or death.
into its upright position by
pushing on the top of the seat-
back. In an accident or sudden WARNING
stop, the unlocked seatback
could allow cargo to move for- Make sure the engine is off, the
ward with great force and enter shift lever is in P (Park), and the
the passenger compartment, parking brake is securely OQL035020
which could result in serious applied whenever loading or To use the armrest, pull it forward
injury or death. unloading cargo. Failure to take from the seatback.
these steps may allow the vehi-
cle to move if the shift lever is
inadvertently moved to another
position.
3 15
Safety features of your vehicle
Headrest
WARNING CAUTION
When there is no occupant in
the rear seats, adjust the height
of the headrest to the lowest
position. The rear seat headrest
• For maximum effectiveness in can reduce the visibility of the
case of an accident, the head- rear area.
rest should be adjusted so the
middle of the headrest is at the
same height of the centre of
gravity of an occupant's head.
Generally, the centre of gravity
OQL035087R
of most people's head is simi-
The rear seat(s) is equipped with lar with the height of the top of
headrests in all the seating positions their eyes. Also adjust the
for the occupant's safety and comfort. headrest as close to your head
The headrest not only provides com- as possible. For this reason,
fort for passengers, but also helps the use of a cushion that holds
protect the head and neck in the the body away from the seat-
event of a collision. back is not recommended.
• Do not operate the vehicle
with the headrests removed.
Severe injury to an occupant
may occur in the event of an
accident. Headrests may pro-
vide protection against severe
neck injuries when properly
adjusted.
3 16
Safety features of your vehicle
OQL035018
Adjusting the height up and down
To raise the headrest, pull it up to the
desired position (1). To lower the
headrest, push and hold the release
button (2) on the headrest support
and lower the headrest to the desired
position (3).
3 17
Safety features of your vehicle
SEAT BELTS
Seat belt restraint system (Continued) WARNING - Australia
The shoulder belt should be design rules
WARNING positioned midway over your
Seat belts are designed to bear
• For maximum restraint sys- shoulder across your collar-
upon the bony structure of the
tem protection, the seat belts bone.
body, and should be worn low
must always be used whenev- • Never wear a seat belt over across the front of the pelvis or
er the vehicle is moving. fragile objects. If there is a the pelvis, chest and shoulders,
• Seat belts are most effective sudden stop or impact, the as applicable; wearing the lap
when seatbacks are in the seat belt can damage it. section of the belt across the
upright position. • Avoid wearing twisted seat abdominal area must be avoided.
• Children age 12 and under belts. A twisted belt can't do Seat belts should be adjusted as
must always be properly its job well. In a collision, it firmly as possible, consistent
restrained in the rear seat. If a could even cut into you. Be with comfort, to provide the pro-
child over 12 must be seated sure the belt webbing is tection for which they have been
in the front seat, he/she must straight and not twisted. designed.
be properly belted and the • Be careful not to damage the A slack belt will greatly reduce
seat should be moved as far belt webbing or hardware. If the protection afforded to the
back as possible. the belt webbing or hardware wearer.
• Never wear the shoulder belt is damaged, replace it.
(Continued)
under your arm or behind
your back. An improperly
positioned shoulder belt can
cause serious injuries in a
crash.
(Continued)
3 18
Safety features of your vehicle
3 19
Safety features of your vehicle
3 20
Safety features of your vehicle
3 21
Safety features of your vehicle
- You start the engine when the rear Lap/Shoulder belt The height of the adjusting seat belt
belt is not fastened. should not be too close to your neck.
- You drive over 9km/h when the rear You will not be getting the most effec-
belt is not fastened. tive protection. The shoulder portion
should be adjusted so that it lies
- The rear belt is disconnected when across your chest and midway over
driving under 20km/h. your shoulder near the door and not
If the rear seat belt is fastened, the your neck.
warning light will turn off immediately. To adjust the height of the seat belt
If the rear seat belt is disconnected anchor, lower or raise the height
when you drive over the 20km/h, the adjuster into an appropriate position.
corresponding seat belt warning light To raise the height adjuster, pull it up
will blink and warning chime will (1). To lower it, push it down (3) whilst
sound for 35 seconds. OQL035031
pressing the height adjuster button (2).
But, if the rear passenger's lap/shoul- Height adjustment (For Front seat) Release the button to lock the
der belt is/are connected and discon- anchor into position. Try sliding the
nected twice within 9 seconds after You can adjust the height of the shoul-
der belt anchor to one of 4 positions height adjuster to make sure that it
the belt is fastened, the correspon- has locked into position.
ding seat belt warning light will not for maximum comfort and safety.
operate. Improperly positioned seat belts can
cause serious injuries in an accident.
3 22
Safety features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
WARNING If you are not able to pull out the
• Verify the shoulder belt seat belt from the retractor, firmly
anchor is locked into position pull the belt out and release it. Then
at the appropriate height. you will be able to pull the belt out
Never position the shoulder smoothly.
belt across your neck or face.
• Failure to replace seat belts
after an accident could leave
you with damaged seat belts
that will not provide protec-
tion in the event of another OQL036104R
collision leading to personal To fasten your seat belt:
injury or death. Replace your To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of
seat belts after being in an the retractor and insert the metal tab
accident as soon as possible. (1) into the buckle (2). There will be
an audible "click" when the tab locks
into the buckle.
The seat belt automatically adjusts to
the proper length only after the lap
belt portion is adjusted manually so
that it fits snugly around your hips. If
you lean forward in a slow, easy
motion, the belt will extend and let
you move around. If there is a sud-
den stop or impact, however, the belt
will lock into position. It will also lock
if you try to lean forward too quickly.
3 23
Safety features of your vehicle
OQL036105R OUM036100R
To release the seat belt: B220A04NF
WARNING The seat belt is released by pressing To fasten your seat belt:
You should place the lap belt the release button (A) in the locking
buckle. When it is released, the belt To fasten a 2-point static type belt,
portion as low as possible and insert the metal tab (1) into the lock-
snugly across your hips, not on should automatically draw back into
the retractor. ing buckle (2). There will be an audi-
your waist. If the lap belt is locat- ble "click" when the tab locks into the
ed too high on your waist, it may If this does not happen, check the buckle. Check to make sure the belt
increase the chance of injury in belt to be sure it is not twisted, then is properly locked and the belt is not
the event of a collision. Both try again. twisted.
arms should not be under or
over the belt. Rather, one should
be over and the other under, as
shown in the illustration.
Never wear the seat belt under
the arm near the door.
3 24
Safety features of your vehicle
OHM039105N
OQL035026L B210A02NF-2
When using the rear centre seat belt, To release the seat belt:
the buckle with the “CENTER” mark When you want to release the seat
must be used. belt, press the button (1) in the lock-
ing buckle.
WARNING
The centre lap belt latching
OUM036101L mechanism is different from
With a 2-point static type seat belt, those for the rear seat shoulder
the length must be adjusted manual- belts. When fastening the rear
ly so it fits snugly around your body. seat shoulder belts or the cen-
Fasten the belt and pull on the loose tre lap belt, make sure they are
end to tighten. The belt should be inserted into the correct buck-
placed as low as possible on your les to obtain maximum protec-
hips (1), not on your waist. If the belt tion from the seat belt system
is too high, it could increase the pos- and assure proper operation.
sibility of injury in an accident.
3 25
Safety features of your vehicle
OQL035072 OQL035073
2. Insert the tongue plate (A) into the 3. Pull out the tongue plate (B) from
OQLE035071
buckle (A’) until an audible “click" the pocket (C).
is heard, indicating the latch is
To fasten your seatbelt: locked. Make sure the belt is not
1. Extract the tongue plate (A) from twisted.
the hole on the belt assembly
cover.
3 26
Safety features of your vehicle
OQL035028
OQLE035027 OQL035027
4. Pull the tongue plate (B) and To release your seatbelt:
insert it into the buckle (B’) until an 1. Press the release button on the
audible “click” is heard, indicating buckle (B’) and remove the tongue
the latch is locked. Make sure the plate (B).
belt is not twisted.
3 27
Safety features of your vehicle
Stowing the rear seat belt • The rear seat belt buckles can be
stowed in the pocket between the
■ Type A
rear seatback and cushion when
not in use.
• The centre seat belt can be stowed
with the plate and webbing rolled in
the pocket between the rear seat-
back and cushion.
• Routing the seat belt webbing
through the rear seat belt guides
OQL035030L will help keep the belts from being
OQL035071 ■ Type B trapped behind or under the seats.
4. Insert the tongue plate (A) into the After inserting the seat belt, tighten
hole on the belt assembly cover. the belt webbing by pulling it up.
OQL035030
OQL035029
3 28
Safety features of your vehicle
Your vehicle is equipped with driver's If the system senses excessive ten-
and front passenger's pre-tensioner sion on the driver or passenger's
seat belts (retractor pretensioner and seat belt when the pre-tensioner sys-
EFD (Emergency Fastening Device) tem activates, the load limiter inside
(if equipped)). The pre-tensioner seat the retractor pre-tensioner will
belts can be activated, where the release some of the pressure on the
frontal collision is severe enough, affected seat belt. (if equipped)
together with the air bags.
When the vehicle stops suddenly, or
if the occupant tries to lean forward
too quickly, the seat belt retractor will
lock into position. In certain frontal
collisions, the pre-tensioner will acti-
vate and pull the seat belt into tighter
contact against the occupant's body.
3 29
Safety features of your vehicle
3 30
Safety features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
CAUTION WARNING
• When the pre-tensioner seat belts
are activated, a loud noise may be If the pre-tensioner seat belt is • Pre-tensioners are designed
heard and fine dust, which may not working properly, the SRS to operate only one time. After
appear to be smoke, may be visible air bag warning light will illumi- activation, pre-tensioner seat
in the passenger compartment. nate even if there is no malfunc- belts must be replaced. All
These are normal operating condi- tion of the SRS air bag. If the seat belts, of any type, should
tions and are not hazardous. SRS air bag warning light does always be replaced after they
• Although it is harmless, the fine not illuminate when the ignition have been worn during a colli-
dust may cause skin irritation and key is turned to ON, or if it sion.
should not be breathed for pro- remains illuminated after illumi- • The pre-tensioner seat belt
longed periods. Wash all exposed nating for approximately 6 sec- assembly mechanisms become
skin areas thoroughly after an onds, or if it illuminates whilst hot during activation. Do not
accident in which the pre-tension- the vehicle is being driven, have touch the pre-tensioner seat
er seat belts were activated. the system inspected by a pro- belt assemblies for several min-
• Because the sensor that activates fessional workshop. Kia recom- utes after they have been acti-
the SRS air bag is connected with mends to visit an authorised Kia vated.
the pre-tensioner seat belt, the dealer/service partner.
• Do not attempt to inspect or
SRS air bag warning light on the replace the pre-tensioner seat
instrument panel will illuminate belts yourself. Have the sys-
for approximately 6 seconds after tem inspected by a profes-
the ignition switch has been sional workshop. Kia recom-
turned to the "ON" position, and mends to visit an authorised
then it should turn off. Kia dealer/service partner.
• Do not attempt to service or
repair the pre-tensioner seat
belt system in any manner.
(Continued)
3 31
Safety features of your vehicle
3 32
Safety features of your vehicle
3 33
Safety features of your vehicle
3 34
Safety features of your vehicle
3 35
Safety features of your vehicle
Periodic inspection
WARNING All seat belts should be inspected
• When you return the rear seat- periodically for wear or damage of
back to its upright position any kind. Any damaged parts should
after the rear seatback has be replaced as soon as possible.
been folded down, be careful
not to damage the seat belt
webbing or buckle. Be sure Keep belts clean and dry
that the webbing or buckle Seat belts should be kept clean and
does not get caught or dry. If belts become dirty, they can be
pinched in the rear seat. A cleaned by using a mild soap solu-
seat belt with damaged web- tion and warm water. Bleach, dye,
bing or buckle could possibly strong detergents or abrasives
fail during a collision or sud- should not be used because they
den stop, resulting in serious may damage and weaken the fabric.
injury. If the webbing or buck-
les are damaged, get them When to replace seat belts
replaced immediately.
Entire in-use seat belt assembly or
• Seatbelts can become hot in a assemblies should be replaced if the
vehicle that has been closed vehicle has been involved in an acci-
up in sunny weather. dent. This should be done even if no
They could burn infants and damage is visible. In this case, have
children. the system replaced by a profession-
al workshop. Kia recommends to
consult an authorised Kia
dealer/service partner.
3 36
Safety features of your vehicle
3 37
Safety features of your vehicle
3 38
Safety features of your vehicle
3 39
Safety features of your vehicle
Installing a Child Restraint After selecting a proper Child • Secure the child in the Child
System (CRS) Restraint System for your child and Restraint System. Make sure the
checking that the Child Restraint child is properly strapped in the
System fits properly on the seating Child Restraint System according
WARNING position, there are three general to the Child Restraint System man-
Before installing your Child steps for a proper installation: ufacturer’s instructions.
Restraint System always: • Properly secure the Child
Read and follow the instructions Restraint System to the vehicle. CAUTION
provided by the manufacturer of All Child Restraint Systems must
be secured to the vehicle with the A Child Restraint System in a
the Child Restraint System. closed vehicle can become very
or lap part of a lap/shoulder belt or
Failure to follow all warnings hot. To prevent burns, check the
with the ISOFIX top-tether and/or
and instructions could increase ISOFIX anchorage and/or with the seating surface and buckles
the risk of the SERIOUS INJURY support leg. before placing your child in the
or DEATH if an accident occurs. Child Restraint System.
• Make sure the Child Restraint
System is firmly secured. After
installing a Child Restraint System
WARNING to the vehicle, push and pull the
If the vehicle headrest prevents seat forward and from side-to-side
proper installation of a Child to verify that it is securely attached
Restraint System, the headrest to the seat. A Child Restraint
of the respective seating posi- System secured with a seat belt
tion shall be readjusted or should be installed as firmly as
entirely removed. possible. However, some side-to-
side movement can be expected.
When installing a Child Restraint
System, adjust the vehicle seat
and seatback (up and down, for-
ward and rearward) so that your
child fits in the Child Restraint
System in a confortable manner.
3 40
Safety features of your vehicle
3 41
Safety features of your vehicle
3 42
Safety features of your vehicle
OQL038033L
■ Type B
OQL038033R
3 43
Safety features of your vehicle
3 44
Safety features of your vehicle
Suitability of each seating position for ISOFIX Child Restraint Systems according to ECE regulations
Vehicle ISOFIX positions
Mass Group Size Class Fixture Rear Outboard Rear Outboard
Front Passenger Rear Centre
(Driver side) (Passenger side)
F ISO/L1 - X X -
Carrycot
G ISO/L2 - X X -
0 : UP to 10kg E ISO/R1 - IL IL -
E ISO/R1 - IL IL -
0+ : UP to 13kg D ISO/R2 - IL IL -
C ISO/R3 - IL IL -
D ISO/R2 - IL IL -
C ISO/R3 - IL IL -
I : 9 to 18kg B ISO/F2 - IUF + IL IUF + IL -
B1 ISO/F2X - IUF + IL IUF + IL -
A ISO/F3 - IUF + IL IUF + IL -
IUF = Sutiable for ISOFIX Forward-Facing Child Restraint Systems of A - ISO/F3 : Full-Height forward-facing toddler Child Restraint System
universal category approved for use in the mass group. (height 720mm)
IL = Suitable for particular ISOFIX Child Restraint Systems given in the B - ISO/F2 : Reduced-height forward-facing toddler Child Restraint
attached list. These ISOFIX CRS are those of the "specific vehi- System (height 650mm)
cle", "restricted" or "semi-universal" categories. B1 - ISO/F2X : Reduced-height second version back surface shape for-
X = ISOFIX position not suitable for ISOFIX Child Restraint System in ward-facing toddler Child Restraint System (height 650mm)
this mass group and/or this size class. C - ISO/R3 : Full-size rearward-facing toddler Child Restraint System
D - ISO/R2 : Reduced-size rearward-facing toddler Child Restraint
* Both ISO/R2 and ISO/R3 are able to be set up only at the foremost System
position of the passenger seat. E - ISO/R1 : Infant-size rearward-facing Child Restraint System
* ISOFIX Child Restraint System size classes and fixtures F - ISO/L1 : Left lateral facing position Child Restraint System (carry-cot)
G - ISO/L2 : Right lateral facing position Child Restraint System (carry-cot)
3 45
Safety features of your vehicle
E2MS103005 OEN036101
Installing a Child Restraint System 2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch
with a Lap/Shoulder belt into the buckle. Listen for the dis-
To install a Child Restraint System tinct “click” sound. Position the
on the rear seats, do the following: release button so that it is easy to
access in case of an emergency.
1. Place the Child Restraint System
on a rear seat and route the lap/
shoulder belt around or through
the Child Restraint System, follow-
ing the Child Restraint System
manufacturer’s instructions.
Make sure the seat belt webbing
is not twisted.
3 46
Safety features of your vehicle
OEN036104
3. Remove as much slack from the
belt as possible by pushing down
on the Child Restraint System
whilst feeding the shoulder belt
back into the retractor.
4. Push and pull on the Child
Restraint System to confirm that
the seat belt is holding it firmly in
place.
If your Child Restraint System manu-
facturer recommends the use of a
top-tether with the lap/shoulder belt,
refer to the previous pages for more
information.
3 47
Safety features of your vehicle
Child seat restraint suitability for seat position using the seat belt
Suitability of each seating position for "universal" category belted Child Restraint Systems according to
ECE regulations
Use Child Restraint System that have been officially approved and are appropriate for your children. When using the
Child Restraint System, refer to the following table.
Seating Position
Second Row
Mass Group Front Passenger
Outboard Centre Centre Outboard
Outboard Left
(3 POINT BELT) (2 POINT BELT) Right
U = Suitable for "universal" category Child Restraint Systems approved for this mass group. For front passenger seat : suitable with seat back angle
fully forward.
UF = Suitable for forward facing "universal" category restraints approved for use in this mass group
L = Suitable for particular child restraints given on attached list. These restraints may be of the "specific vehicle", "restricted" or "semi-universal"
categories.
B = Built-in restraint approved for this mass group.
X = Seat position not suitable for children in this mass group.
3 48
Safety features of your vehicle
ECE-R44
Mass Group Size Class Fixture Name Manufacturer Type of Fixation
Approval No.
Group 0-1
E ISO/R1 Baby Safe Plus Britax Römer Rearward-facing with ISOFIX Base E1 04301146
(0 ~ 13kg)
3 49
Safety features of your vehicle
❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OQL035085R
3 50
Safety features of your vehicle
How does the air bag system • There is no single speed at which
WARNING operate the air bags will inflate.
• Even in vehicles with air bags, • Air bags are activated (able to Generally, air bags are designed to
you and your passengers inflate if necessary) only when the inflate based upon the severity of a
must always wear the safety ignition switch is turned to the ON collision and its direction. These
belts provided in order to min- or START position. two factors determine whether the
imise the risk and severity of sensors produce an electronic
• Air bags inflate instantly in the
injury in the event of a colli- deployment/ inflation signal.
event of a serious frontal collision
sion or rollover. • Air bag deployment depends on a
or side collision (if equipped with a
• SRS and pretensioners con- side air bag or curtain air bag) in number of factors including vehicle
tain explosive chemicals. order to help protect the occupants speed, angles of impact and the
If scraping a vehicle without from serious physical injury. density and stiffness of the vehi-
removing SRS and preten- cles or objects which your vehicle
sioners from a vehicle, it may hits in the collision. The determin-
cause fire. Before scraping a
✽ NOTICE - if equipped with ing factors are not limited to those
rollover sensor mentioned above.
vehicle, contact a profession-
al workshop. Kia recommends Also, the air bags inflate instantly in • The front air bags will completely
to visit an authorised Kia deal- the event of a rollover (if equipped inflate and deflate in an instant.
er/service partner. with a side air bag or curtain air bag)
in order to help protect the occu- It is virtually impossible for you to
• Keep the SRS parts and see the air bags inflate during an
pants from serious physical injury.
wirings away from water or any accident.
liquid. If the SRS components It is much more likely that you will
are inoperative due to expo- simply see the deflated air bags
sure to water or liquids, it may hanging out of their storage com-
cause fire or severe injury. partments after the collision.
3 51
Safety features of your vehicle
3 52
Safety features of your vehicle
OJD032059
3 53
Safety features of your vehicle
Air bag warning light • The light comes on whilst the vehi-
WARNING cle is in motion.
• Extreme Hazard! Do not use a • The light blinks when the ignition
rearward facing child restraint switch is in ON position.
on a seat protected by an air
bag in front of it!
• NEVER use a rearward facing
child restraint on a seat pro-
tected by an ACTIVE AIR BAG
in front of it, DEATH or SERI-
OUS INJURY to the CHILD can
occur.
• When children are seated in W7-147
the rear outboard seats of a
vehicle equipped with side The purpose of the air bag warning
and/or curtain air bags, be light in your instrument panel is to
sure to install the child alert you of a potential problem with
restraint system as far away your air bag - Supplemental
Restraint System (SRS).
from the door side as possible,
When the ignition switch is turned ON,
and securely lock the child
the warning light should illuminate for
restraint system in position.
approximately 6 seconds, then go off.
Inflation of side and/or curtain Have the system checked if:
air bags could cause serious • The light does not turn on briefly
injury or death to an infant or when you turn the ignition ON.
child.
• The light stays on after illuminating
for approximately 6 seconds.
3 54
Safety features of your vehicle
3 55
Safety features of your vehicle
Driver’s front air bag (1) Driver’s front air bag (2) Driver’s front air bag (3)
3 56
Safety features of your vehicle
3 57
Safety features of your vehicle
3 58
Safety features of your vehicle
3 59
Safety features of your vehicle
3 60
Safety features of your vehicle
Side air bag (if equipped) Your vehicle is equipped with a side ✽ NOTICE - if equipped with
air bag in each front seat. rollover sensor
The purpose of the air bag is to pro- • Also, both side of the side air bags
vide the vehicle's driver and/or the deploy in certain rollover situa-
front passenger with additional pro- tions.
tection than that offered by the seat • The side air bag may deploy when
belt alone. the rollover sensor detects the situ-
The side air bags are designed to ation as a rollover.
deploy during certain side-impact
collisions, depending on the crash
severity of impact. However, when
OQL035061 side deployment threshold is satis-
fied at front-impact, side air bags
may deploy. The side air bags are not
designed to deploy in all side impact
or rollover situations.
The side air bags may deploy on the
side of the impact.
OQL035041
❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ
from the illustration.
3 61
Safety features of your vehicle
3 62
Safety features of your vehicle
Curtain air bag (if equipped) They are designed to help protect the
WARNING - No attaching heads of the front seat occupants
objects and the rear outboard seat occupants
• Do not place any objects over in certain side impact collisions.
the air bag or between the air The curtain air bags are designed to
bag and yourself. Also, do not deploy during certain side impact
attach any objects around the collisions depending on the crash
area the air bag inflates such severity of impact. However, when
as the door, side door glass, side deployment threshold is satis-
front and rear pillar. fied at front-impact, curtain air bags
• Do not place any objects may deploy.
between the door and the OQL035042 The curtain air bags may deploy on
seat. They may become dan- the side of the impact.
gerous projectiles if the side The curtain air bags are not
air bag inflates. designed to deploy in all side
• Do not install any accessories impacts or rollover situations.
on the side or near the side air
bags. ✽ NOTICE - if equipped with
rollover sensor
• Also, both sides of the curtain air
bags deploy in certain rollover sit-
OQL035043 uations.
❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ • The curtain air bag may deploy
from the illustration. when the rollover sensor detects
the situation as a rollover.
Curtain air bags are located along
both sides of the roof rails above the
front and rear doors.
3 63
Safety features of your vehicle
3 64
Safety features of your vehicle
OQL038044L/OQL035045R/OQL038046L/OQL035047R/OQL035048/OQL038059L
(1) SRS control module/ (3) Side pressure sensor (if equipped)
Rollover sensor (if equipped) (4) Side impact sensor (if equipped)
(2) Front impact sensor (5) Side impact sensor (if equipped)
❈ The actual air bag collision sensors in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
3 65
Safety features of your vehicle
3 66
Safety features of your vehicle
Air bag inflation conditions Side and curtain air bags are
designed to inflate when an impact is
detected by side collision sensors
depending on the severity of impact
resulting from a side impact collision.
Although the front air bags (driver’s
and front passenger’s air bags) are
designed to inflate only in frontal colli-
sions, they also may inflate in other
types of collisions if the front impact
OQL038054R
sensors detect a sufficient impact. Side
air bags (side and/or curtain air bags)
are designed to inflate only in side
OQL036049R impact collisions, but they may inflate
Front air bags in other collisions if the side impact
Front air bags are designed to inflate sensors detect a sufficient impact.
in a frontal collision depending on If the vehicle chassis is impacted by
the severity of impact of the front col- bumps or objects on unimproved
lision. roads or sidewalks, air bags may
deploy. Drive carefully on unim-
OQL035041 proved roads or on surfaces not
❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ
designed for vehicle traffic to prevent
from the illustration. unintended air bag deployment.
✽ NOTICE
Side and curtain air bags (if equipped) - if equipped with rollover sensor
Also, the side and curtain air bags are
designed to inflate when a rollover is
detected by a rollover sensor.
3 67
Safety features of your vehicle
OQL036053R OQL038054L
OQL036052R • Air bags are not designed to inflate • Front air bags may not inflate in
in rear collisions, because occu- side impact collisions, because
• In certain low-speed collisions the pants are moved backward by the occupants move to the direction of
air bags may not deploy. The air force of the impact. In this case, the collision, and thus in side
bags are designed not to deploy in inflated air bags would not be able impacts, front air bag deployment
such cases because they may not to provide any additional benefit. would not provide additional occu-
provide benefits beyond the pro- pant protection.
tection of the seat belts in such col-
lisions. • However, if equipped with side and
curtain air bags, the air bags may
inflate depending on the severity of
impact.
3 68
Safety features of your vehicle
3 69
Safety features of your vehicle
3 70
Safety features of your vehicle
3 71
Safety features of your vehicle
Additional safety precautions • Passengers should not place • Do not place items under the
• Never let passengers ride in the hard or sharp objects between front seats. Placing items under
cargo area or on top of a folded- themselves and the air bags. the front seats could interfere with
down back seat. All occupants Carrying hard or sharp objects on the operation of the supplemental
should sit upright, fully back in their your lap or in your mouth can result restraint system sensing compo-
seats with their seat belts on and in injuries if an air bag inflates. nents and wiring harnesses.
their feet on the floor. • Keep occupants away from the • Never hold an infant or child on
• Passengers should not move air bag covers. All occupants your lap. The infant or child could
out of or change seats whilst the should sit upright, fully back in their be seriously injured or killed in the
vehicle is moving. A passenger seats with their seat belts on and event of a crash. All infants and chil-
who is not wearing a seat belt dur- their feet on the floor. If occupants dren should be properly restrained
ing a crash or emergency stop can are too close to the air bag covers, in appropriate child safety seats or
be thrown against the inside of the they could be injured if the air bags seat belts in the rear seat.
vehicle, against other occupants, inflate.
or out of the vehicle. • Do not attach or place objects WARNING
• Each seat belt is designed to on or near the air bag covers.
• Sitting improperly or out of
restrain one occupant. If more Any object attached to or placed
position can cause occupants
than one person uses the same on the front or side air bag covers
to be shifted too close to a
seat belt, they could be seriously could interfere with the proper
deploying air bag, strike the
injured or killed in a collision. operation of the air bags.
interior structure or be thrown
• Do not use any accessories on • Do not modify the front seats. from the vehicle resulting in
seat belts. Devices claiming to Modification of the front seats serious injury or death.
improve occupant comfort or repo- could interfere with the operation of
• Always sit upright with the
sition the seat belt can reduce the the supplemental restraint system
seatback in an upright posi-
protection provided by the seat belt sensing components or side air
tion, centered on the seat
and increase the chance of serious bags.
cushion with your seat belt
injury in a crash. on, legs comfortably extended
and your feet on the floor.
3 72
Safety features of your vehicle
Adding equipment to or modifying Air bag warning label Note that these government warn-
your air bag-equipped vehicle ings focus on the risk of children. We
■ Type A
If you modify your vehicle by chang- also want you to be aware of the
ing your vehicle's frame, bumper sys- risks which adults are exposed to
tem, front end or side sheet metal or that have been described in previous
ride height, this may affect the oper- pages.
ation of your vehicle's air bag sys-
tem.
OQL035084R
■ Type B
OQL035058R
3 73
Features of your vehicle
KEYS
Record your key number Key operations Folding key
The key code number ■ Folding key
To unfold the key, press the release
is stamped on the button then the key will unfold auto-
key code tag matically.
attached to the key To fold the key, fold the key manually
set. Should you lose whilst pressing the release button.
your keys, Kia recommends to con-
tact an authorised Kia dealer/service
partner. Remove the key code tag
CAUTION
and store it in a safe place. Also, Do not fold the key without
record the key code number and pressing the release button.
keep it in a safe place (not in the OUM044200
This may damage the key.
vehicle). ■ Smart Key
Smart key
To remove the mechanical key, press
and hold the release button (1) and
remove the mechanical key (2).
To reinstall the mechanical key, put
the key into the hole and push it until
a click sound is heard.
OUM046431L
4 5
Features of your vehicle
Immobiliser system
WARNING - Ignition key WARNING (if equipped)
(smart key) Kia recommends to use parts Your vehicle may be equipped with
Leaving children unattended in for replacement from an autho- an electronic engine immobiliser sys-
a vehicle with the ignition key rised Kia dealer/service partner. tem to reduce the risk of unautho-
(smart key) is dangerous even if If an aftermarket key is used, rised vehicle use.
the key is not in the ignition or the ignition switch may not
return to ON after START. If this Your immobiliser system is com-
start button is ACC or ON posi-
happens, the starter will contin- prised of a small transponder in the
tion. Children copy adults and
ue to operate causing damage ignition key and electronic devices
they could place the key in the
to the starter motor and possi- inside the vehicle.
ignition or press the start but-
ton. The ignition key (smart key) ble fire due to excessive current With the immobiliser system, when-
would enable children to oper- in the wiring. ever you insert your ignition key into
ate power windows or other the ignition switch and turn it to ON
controls, or even make the vehi- or Whenever the engine start/stop
cle move, which could result in button is changed to the ON position,
serious bodily injury or even it checks and determines and verifies
death. Never leave the keys in if the ignition key is valid or not.
your vehicle with unsupervised If the key is determined to be valid,
children, when the engine is the engine will start.
running. If the key is determined to be invalid,
the engine will not start.
4 6
Features of your vehicle
4 7
Features of your vehicle
4 8
Features of your vehicle
OUM046433L
4 9
Features of your vehicle
Smart key system operation Locking Even though you press the button,
(if equipped) the doors will not lock and the chime
sounds if any of the following occurs:
• The smart key is in the vehicle.
• The ENGINE START/STOP button
is in the ACC or ON position.
• Any door except the tailgate is
opened.
OQL045001R
OXM043002 Pressing the button of the front out-
With a smart key, you can lock or side door handles with all doors (and
unlock a door (and tailgate) and even tailgate) closed and any door
start the engine without inserting the unlocked, locks all the doors (and tail-
key. gate). The hazard warning lights will
blink once to indicate that all doors
The functions of the buttons on a
(and tailgate) are locked. The button
smart key are similar to the remote
will only operate when the smart key
keyless entry. (Refer to the “Remote
is within 0.7 ~ 1m (28 ~ 39.3 in) from
keyless entry” in this chapter.)
the outside door handle. If you want
Carrying the smart key, you may lock to make sure that a door has locked
and unlock the vehicle doors (and or not, you should check the door
tailgate). Also, you may start the lock button inside the vehicle or pull
engine. Refer to the following, for the outside door handle.
more details.
4 10
Features of your vehicle
4 11
Features of your vehicle
4 12
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
OXM043005
An inappropriately disposed battery
A transmitter uses a 3 volt lithium bat- can be harmful to the environment
tery which will normally last for sever- and human health.
al years. When replacement is neces- Dispose the battery according to
sary, use the following procedure. your local law(s) or regulation.
4 13
Features of your vehicle
4 14
Features of your vehicle
• Lock the doors by pressing the Do not arm the system until all Theft-alarm stage
lock button on the smart key. passengers have left the vehicle. If The alarm will be activated if any of
After completion of the steps the system is armed whilst a pas- the following occurs whilst the sys-
above, the hazard warning lights senger(s) remains in the vehicle, tem is armed.
will operate once to indicate that the alarm may be activated when
the remaining passenger(s) • A front or rear door is opened without
the system is armed. using the transmitter.
leaves the vehicle. If any door (or
If the tailgate or engine bonnet tailgate) or engine bonnet is • The tailgate is opened without
remains opened, the hazard opened within 30 seconds after using the transmitter.
warning lights will not operate the system enters the armed
and theft-alarm will not arm. After • The engine bonnet is opened.
stage, the system will be disarmed
this, if the tailgate and engine to prevent unnecessary alarm. The horn will sound and the hazard
bonnet are closed, the hazard warning lights will blink continuously
warning lights will blink once and for approximately 27 seconds. To
the theft-alarm will arm. turn off the system, unlock the doors
with the transmitter.
4 15
Features of your vehicle
4 16
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION
Do not change, alter or adjust the
theft-alarm system because it
could cause the theft-alarm sys-
tem to malfunction have the sys-
tem serviced by a professional
workshop. Kia recommends to
visit an authorised Kia
dealer/service partner.
Malfunctions caused by improp-
er alterations, adjustments or
modifications to the theft-alarm
system are not covered by your
vehicle manufacturer warranty.
4 17
Features of your vehicle
DOOR LOCKS
Operating door locks from • Turn the key toward the rear of the
outside the vehicle vehicle to unlock and toward the WARNING
front of the vehicle to lock. • If you don’t close the door
■ Type A ■ Type B
• If you lock/unlock the driver’s door securely, the door may open
with a key, all vehicle doors will again.
lock/unlock automatically. • Be careful that someone’s
• Doors can also be locked and body and hands are not
unlocked with the transmitter. trapped when closing the door.
• Once the doors are unlocked, they
may be opened by pulling the door
handle. WARNING
OQL045002R
■ Type C • When closing the door, push the If people must spend a longer
door by hand. Make sure the doors time in the vehicle whilst it is
are closed securely. very hot or cold outside, there
is rick of injuries or danger to
✽ NOTICE life. Do not lock the vehicle from
the outside when there are peo-
• In cold and wet climates, door lock ple in it.
and door mechanisms may not
work properly due to freezing con-
OQLE045066R ditions.
• If the door is locked/unlocked CAUTION
To remove the cover (For Type C): multiple times in rapid succession Do not frequently repeat opening
1. Pull out the door handle. with either the vehicle key or door and closing of doors, or apply
2. Press the lever (1) located inside lock switch, the system may stop excessive force to a door whilst
the bottom part of the cover with a operating temporarily in order to the door closer is operating.
key or flat-head screwdriver. protect the circuit and prevent
3. Push out the cover whilst pressing damage to system components.
the lever.
4 18
Features of your vehicle
Operating door locks from • If the inner door handle of the dri-
inside the vehicle ver’s (or front passenger’s) door is WARNING - Door lock
pulled when the door lock button is malfunction
With the door lock button in the lock position, the button will If a power door lock ever fails to
unlock and the door will open. (if function whilst you are in the
equipped) vehicle, try one or more of the
• Front door cannot be locked if the following techniques to exit:
ignition key is in the ignition switch • Operate the door unlock feature
(or if the smart key is in the vehicle) repeatedly (both electronic and
and the front door is opened. manual) whilst simultaneously
pulling on the door handle.
• Operate the other door locks
and handles, front and rear.
• Lower a front window and use
OQL045004R the key to unlock the door
from outside.
• To unlock a door, pull the door lock
button (1) to the “Unlock” position. • Move to the cargo area and
The red mark on the button will be open the tailgate.
visible.
• To lock a door, push the door lock
button to the “Lock” position. If the WARNING
door is locked properly, the red Do not pull the inner door handle
mark on the door lock button will of driver's (or passenger's) door
not be visible. whilst the vehicle is moving.
• To open a door, pull the door han-
dle (2) outward.
4 19
Features of your vehicle
4 20
Features of your vehicle
4 21
Features of your vehicle
4 22
Features of your vehicle
TAILGATE
Non-power tailgate • Once the tailgate is opened and
WARNING - Exhaust Opening the tailgate
then closed, the tailgate locks auto-
fumes matically. (All doors must be locked.)
If you drive with the tailgate
opened, you will draw dangerous ✽ NOTICE
exhaust fumes into your vehicle
which can cause serious injury In cold and wet climates, door lock
or death to vehicle occupants. and door mechanisms may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.
If you must drive with the tail-
gate opened, keep the air vents
and all windows open so that
additional outside air comes
into the vehicle.
OQL048075L
4 23
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION CAUTION
Make certain that you close the Make sure nothing is near the
tailgate before driving your tailgate latch and striker whilst
vehicle. Possible damage may closing the tailgate. It may dam-
occur to the tailgate lift cylin- age the tailgate's latch.
OQL048076L
ders and attaching hardware if Lower and push down the tailgate
the tailgate is not closed prior to firmly. Make sure that the tailgate is
driving. securely latched.
4 24
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
OQL048010R OQL048077L Do not put heavy stuffs on the power
tailgate when you operate the power
(1) Power tailgate open/close button tailgate. Additional weight on tailgate
(2) Power tailgate handle switch could cause damages to the system.
(3) Power tailgate close button
✽ NOTICE
If ignition switch is ON position, the
power tailgate can operate when the
automatic shift lever is in P (Park)
OQL048476L or manual shift lever is in N
(Neutral).
4 25
Features of your vehicle
OQL048078L
OUM044300L
Make sure that there are no peo-
ple or objects in the path of the The power tailgate will open automat-
power tailgate (or smart tail- ically by doing one of the following:
gate) prior to use. Serious • Press the tailgate unlock button on
injury, damage to the vehicle or the smart key for approximately
damage to surrounding objects one second.
may result if contact with the
power tailgate (or smart tail-
gate) occurs.
4 26
Features of your vehicle
OQL048079R OQL048011L
• Press the power tailgate open but- • Press the tailgate handle switch OQL048079R
ton for approximately one second. carrying the smart key with you.
• Press the power tailgate close but-
• For emergency stop whilst power ton for approximately one second
tailgate operating, press the power when the tailgate is opened.
tailgate open/close button shortly.
The tailgate will close and lock
automatically.
• For emergency stop whilst power
tailgate operating, press the power
tailgate open/close button shortly.
4 27
Features of your vehicle
WARNING
Make sure there are no people or
objects around the tailgate
before opening or closing the
power tailgate. Wait until the tail-
gate is open fully and stopped
before loading or unloading
cargo from the vehicle.
4 28
Features of your vehicle
4 29
Features of your vehicle
How to reset the power tailgate Power tailgate opening height Smart tailgate (if equipped)
If the battery has been discharged or user setting
disconnected, or if the related fuse has
been replaced or disconnected, for the
power tailgate to operate normally,
reset the power tailgate as follow:
1.Automatic Transaxle :
Put the shift lever in P (Park).
Manual Transaxle :
Put the shift lever in N (Neutral).
2. Whilst Pressing the tailgate close
button, press the tailgate handle OQL048081L
switch for more than 3 seconds. OQL048474L
(the chime will sound) On the vehicle equipped with a smart
The driver may set the height of a key, the tailgate can be opened with
3. Close the tailgate manually.
fully opened tailgate by following the no-touch activation using the Smart
below instruction. tailgate system.
If the power tailgate does not work 1. Position the tailgate manually to
properly after the above procedure, the height you prefer.
have the system checked by a pro-
2. Press the tailgate close button for
fessional workshop. Kia recom-
more than 3 seconds.
mends to visit an authorised Kia
dealer/service partner. 3. Close the tailgate manually after
hearing the buzzer sound.
✽ NOTICE
If the power tailgate does not oper- The tailgate will open to the height
ate normally, check again if the gear the driver has set up.
position is in right position.
4 30
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
• The Smart Tailgate does not oper- OQL048017L
ate when: 2. Detect and Alert
- The smart key is detected within If you are positioned in the detecting
15 seconds after the doors are area (50 ~100 cm behind the vehi-
closed and locked, and is contin- cle) carrying a smart key, the hazard
uously detected. warning lights will blink and chime
- The smart key is detected within will sound for about 3 seconds to
15 seconds after the doors are alert you the smart key has been
closed and locked, and 1.5 m detected and the tailgate will open.
from the front door handles. (for
vehicles equipped with Welcome
Light)
- A door is not locked or closed.
- The smart key is in the vehicle.
4 31
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
Do not approach the detecting area WARNING
if you do not want the tailgate to • Make certain that you close
open. If you have unintentionally the tailgate before driving
entered the detecting area and the your vehicle.
hazard warning lights and chime • Make sure there are no people
starts to operate, leave the detecting or objects around the tailgate
area with the smart key. The tailgate before opening or closing the
will stay closed. tailgate.
• Make sure objects in the rear
cargo area do not come out
OQL048018L
when opening the tailgate on
3. Automatic opening the slope way. It may cause
The hazard warning lights will blink serious injury.
and chime will sound 2 times and • Make sure to deactivate the
then the tailgate will slowly open. Smart tailgate function when
washing your vehicle.
Otherwise, the tailgate may
open inadvertently.
• The key should be kept out of
reach of children. Children may
inadvertently open the Smart
Tailgate whilst playing around
the rear area of the vehicle.
4 32
Features of your vehicle
4 33
Features of your vehicle
4 34
Features of your vehicle
WARNING
OQL048083L
4 35
Features of your vehicle
WINDOWS
(1) Driver’s door power window
switch
(2) Front passenger’s door power
window switch
(3) Rear door (right) power window
switch
(4) Rear door (left) power window
switch
(5) Window opening and closing
(6) Automatic power window up*/
down*
(7) Power window lock switch
* if equipped
✽ NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, power win-
dows may not work properly due to
freezing conditions.
OQL045020RE
4 36
Features of your vehicle
4 37
Features of your vehicle
OQL045021R OQLE045021R
Type B - Auto up/down window Type C - Auto down window
(for front seat, if equipped) (if equipped)
Pressing or pulling up the power win- (Driver’s window)
dow switch momentarily to the sec- Pressing the power window switch
ond detent position (6) completely momentarily to the second detent
lowers or raises the window even position (6) completely lowers the
when the switch is released. To stop driver’s window even when the
the window at the desired position switch is released. To stop the win-
whilst the window is in operation, pull dow at the desired position whilst the
up or press down and release the window is in operation, pull up the
switch. switch momentarily to the opposite
direction of the window movement.
4 38
Features of your vehicle
4 39
Features of your vehicle
4 40
Features of your vehicle
BONNET
Opening the bonnet
OQL048025L OQL045047
OQL045024R 2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise 4. Pull out the stay rod.
the bonnet slightly, push the sec- 5. Hold the bonnet opened with the
1. Pull the release lever to unlatch ondary latch (1) left side and lift stay rod (1).
the bonnet. The bonnet should the bonnet (2).
pop open slightly. 3. Raise the bonnet. It will complete-
ly rise by itself after it has been
WARNING raised about halfway.
Open the bonnet after turning
off the engine on a flat surface,
shifting the shift lever to the
P(Park) position for automatic
transaxle and to the 1st(First)
gear or R(Reverse) for manual
transaxle, and setting the park-
ing brake.
4 41
Features of your vehicle
4 42
Features of your vehicle
WARNING WARNING
• Before closing the bonnet, • Always double check to be
ensure that all obstructions sure that the bonnet is firmly
are removed from the bonnet latched before driving away. If
opening. it is not latched, the bonnet
Closing the bonnet with an could open whilst the vehicle
obstruction present in the is being driven, causing total
bonnet opening may result in loss of visibility, which might
property damage or severe result in an accident.
personal injury. • Do not move the vehicle with
• Do not leave gloves, rags or the bonnet raised. The view
any other combustible materi- will be blocked and the bon-
al in the engine compartment. net could fall or be damaged.
Doing so may cause a heat-
induced fire.
4 43
Features of your vehicle
4 44
Features of your vehicle
4 45
Features of your vehicle
4 46
Features of your vehicle
4 47
Features of your vehicle
4 48
Features of your vehicle
To close the sunshade when the Sliding the sunroof When the sunshade is opened
sunroof glass is closed Pull the sunroof control lever back-
Push the sunroof control lever for- ward to the 1st or 2nd detent position,
ward to the 1st detent position. the sunroof glass will slide all the way
To stop the sliding at any point, press open. To stop the sunroof movement
the sunshade control switch momen- at any point, push the sunroof control
tarily. lever momentarily.
❈ The front part of the sunroof glass
can only be opened and closed.
✽ NOTICE
Wrinkles formed on the sunshade as
material characteristic are normal.
OQL045030
CAUTION When the sunshade is closed
• Do not pull or push the sun-
shade by hand. It could cause Pull the sunroof control lever back-
sunshade failure. ward to the 2nd detent position, the
sunshade and sunroof glass will
• Close the sunroof when driv- slide all the way open. To stop the
ing through dusty roads. Dust sunroof movement at any point, push
may cause a malfunction of the sunroof control lever momentari-
the vehicle system. ly.
✽ NOTICE
Only the front glass of the panora-
ma sunroof opens and closes.
4 49
Features of your vehicle
When the sunshade is closed Push the sunroof control lever for- If an object or part of the body is detect-
ward or downward to the 1st detent ed whilst the sunroof glass or sun-
Push the sunroof control lever upward, position. The sunroof glass will close shade is closing automatically, it will
the sunshade will slide halfway open automatically. reverse the direction, and then stop.
then the sunroof glass will tilt.
To stop the sunroof movement at any The auto reverse function does not
To stop the sunroof movement at any point, push the sunroof control lever work if a tiny obstacle is between the
point, push the sunroof control lever momentarily. sliding glass or sunshade and the sun-
momentarily.
roof sash. You should always check
that all passengers and objects are
When the sunshade is opened away from the sunroof before closing it.
Push the sunroof control lever Objects less than 4 mm (0.16 inch) in
upward, the sunroof glass will tilt. diameter caught between the sun-
To stop the sunroof movement at any roof glass and the front glass chan-
point, push the sunroof control lever nel may not be detected by the auto-
momentarily. matic reverse glass and the glass will
not stop and reverse direction.
4 50
Features of your vehicle
4 51
Features of your vehicle
4 52
Features of your vehicle
STEERING WHEEL
Electronic power steering ✽ NOTICE (Continued)
Power steering uses the motor to The following symptoms may occur However, after a few minutes, it
assist you in steering the vehicle. If during normal vehicle operation: will return to its normal condi-
the engine is off or if the power steer- • The EPS warning light does not tions.
ing system becomes inoperative, the illuminate. • If the Electronic Power Steering
vehicle may still be steered, but it will • The steering effort is high immedi- System does not operate normally,
require increased steering effort. ately after turning the ignition the warning light will illuminate on
switch on. This happens as the the instrument cluster. The steer-
Electronic power steering is con- ing wheel may become difficult to
trolled by the power steering control EPS system performs the diagnos-
tics. When the diagnostics is com- control or operate abnormally. Kia
unit which senses the steering wheel recommends to contact an autho-
torque and vehicle speed to com- pleted, the steering effort will
return to its normal condition. rised Kia dealer/service partner.
mand the motor. • When you operate the steering
• A click noise may be heard from
The steering effort becomes heavier the EPS relay after the ignition wheel in low temperature, the
as the vehicle’s speed increases and switch is turned to the ON or steering effort may be high and
becomes lighter as the vehicle’s LOCK position. abnormal noise could occur. If
speed decreases for better control of • Motor noise may be heard when temperature rises, the noise will
the steering wheel. the vehicle is at a stop or at a low disappear. This is a normal condi-
Should you notice any change in the driving speed. tion.
effort required to steer during normal • The steering effort can suddenly • If the vehicle needs to be jump
vehicle operation, have the system increase, if the operation of the started due to battery discharge,
checked by a professional workshop. EPS system is stopped to prevent the steering wheel may not func-
Kia recommends to visit an autho- serious accidents when EPS con- tion normally. This is a temporary
rised Kia dealer/service partner. trol unit detects malfunction of the situation caused by low battery
EPS system by self-diagnosis. voltage. It will be solved once the
• The steering effort increases if the battery is charged. Check for nor-
steering wheel is rotated continu- mal steering function by turning
ously when the vehicle is not in the steering wheel slowly before
motion. driving the vehicle.
(Continued)
4 53
Features of your vehicle
4 54
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE Horn
CAUTION
The heated steering wheel will turn
off automatically approximately 30 • Do not strike the horn severe-
minutes after the heated steering ly to operate it, or hit it with
wheel is turned on. your fist. Do not press on the
horn with a sharp-pointed
object.
CAUTION • When cleaning the steering
Do not install any grip to oper- wheel, do not use an organic
ate the steering wheel. This solvent such as thinner, ben-
causes damage to the heated zene, alcohole and petrol.
steering wheel system. Doing so may damage the
steering wheel.
OQL048034L
4 55
Features of your vehicle
MIRRORS
Inside rearview mirror Day/night rearview mirror
Adjust the rearview mirror so that the
WARNING (if equipped)
centre view through the rear window Do not adjust the rearview mir-
is seen. Make this adjustment before ror whilst the vehicle is moving.
you start driving. This could result in loss of con-
trol, and an accident which
could cause death, serious
WARNING - Rear visibility injury or property damage.
Do not place objects in the rear
seat or cargo area which would
interfere with your vision WARNING
through the rear window. Do not modify the inside mirror
and don’t install a wide mirror. It
could result in injury, during an OQL045035
accident or deployment of the
air bag. Make this adjustment before you
start driving and whilst the day/night
lever(3) is in the day position (1).
Pull the day/night lever(3) toward you
(2) to reduce the glare from the
headlights of the vehicles behind you
during night driving.
Remember that you lose some
rearview clarity in the night position.
4 56
Features of your vehicle
Electrochromic mirror (ECM) Whenever the shift lever is shifted To operate the electric rearview mirror:
(if equipped) into reverse (R), the mirror will auto- • The mirror defaults to the ON posi-
matically go to the brightest setting in tion whenever the ignition switch is
order to improve the drivers view turned on.
behind the vehicle.
• Press the ON/OFF button (1) to
turn the automatic dimming func-
CAUTION tion off. The mirror indicator light
When cleaning the mirror, use a (2) will turn off.
paper towel or similar material Press the ON/OFF button (1) to
dampened with glass cleaner. turn the automatic dimming func-
Do not spray glass cleaner tion on. The mirror indicator light
directly on the mirror. It may (2) will illuminate.
cause the liquid cleaner to enter
OQL045059 the mirror housing.
The electric rearview mirror automat-
ically controls the glare from the
headlights of the vehicles behind you
in nighttime or low light driving condi-
tions. The sensor (3) mounted in the
mirror senses the light level around
the vehicle, and automatically con-
trols the headlight glare from the
vehicles behind you.
When the engine is running, the glare
is automatically controlled by the sen-
sor mounted in the rearview mirror.
4 57
Features of your vehicle
4 58
Features of your vehicle
4 59
Features of your vehicle
4 60
Features of your vehicle
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
■ Type A
1. Tachometer
2. Speedometer
3. Engine coolant temperature gauge
4. Fuel gauge
5. LCD display
■ Type B 6. Warning and indicator lights
OQL048191L/OQL048192L
4 61
Features of your vehicle
■ Type C
1. Tachometer
2. Speedometer
3. Engine coolant temperature gauge
4. Fuel gauge
5. LCD display
■ Type D 6. Warning and indicator lights
OQL048194L/OQL048193L
4 62
Features of your vehicle
OUM048452L
• If you hold the illumination control
button ("+" or "-"), the brightness
will be changed continuously.
OQL048062R
• If the brightness reaches to the
maximum or minimum level, an
WARNING alarm will sound.
Never adjust the instrument
cluster whilst driving. This could
result in loss of control and lead
to an accident that may cause
death, serious injury, or property
damage.
4 63
Features of your vehicle
OQL048183L
OQL048182L ■ Type B
OQL048061L
■ Type B (MPH, km/h)
The LCD display modes can be
changed by using the control buttons
on the steering wheel.
4 64
Features of your vehicle
OQL048230L
■ Type B WARNING
Never remove the radiator cap
when the engine is hot. The
engine coolant is under pressure
and could severely burn. Wait
until the engine is cool before
adding coolant to the reservoir.
OQL048229L
4 65
Features of your vehicle
OQL048231L
4 66
Features of your vehicle
OUM048453L OUM048454
The odometer Indicates the total dis- This gauge indicates the current out-
tance that the vehicle has been driv- side air temperatures by 1°C (1°F). OUM048455L
en and should be used to determine - Temperature range : -40 ~ 85°C (-40
when periodic maintenance should This indicator displays which auto-
~ 185°F) matic transaxle shift lever is selected.
be performed.
The outside temperature on the dis-
- Odometer range : 0 ~ 1,599,999 km play may not change immediately
or 999,999 miles. • Park : P
like a general thermometer to pre-
vent the driver from being inattentive. • Reverse : R
The temperature unit can be • Neutral : N
changed by using the "User Settings" • Drive : D
mode of the LCD display. • Sports Mode :
❈ For more details, refer to "LCD - Type A : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
Display" in this chapter. - Type B : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8
4 67
Features of your vehicle
- Type B
• Shifting up : ↑2, ↑3, ↑4, ↑5, ↑6, ↑7,
↑8
• Shifting down : ↓1, ↓2, ↓3, ↓4, ↓5,
↓6, ↓7
4 68
Features of your vehicle
For example
: Indicates that shifting up to the
3rd gear is desired (currently
the shift lever is in the 2nd or 1st
gear).
: Indicates that shifting down to
the 3rd gear is desired (current-
ly the shift lever is in the 4th, 5th,
or 6th gear).
4 69
Features of your vehicle
This mode displays driving information like the tripmeter, fuel economy, and so on.
Trip Computer
❈ For more details, refer to “Trip Computer” in this chapter
User Settings On this mode, you can change settings of the doors, lamps and so on.
Master warning This mode informs of warning messages related to Low tyre pressure or malfunction of
mode Blind-spot Collision Warning and so on.
❈ For controlling the LCD modes, refer to “LCD Display Control” in this chapter.
4 70
Features of your vehicle
Trip computer mode Turn By Turn mode (if equipped) Assist mode (if equipped)
■ SCC with S&G
OQL048257L
■ LKA
OJF048525L OJF048526
This mode displays driving information This mode displays the state of the
like the tripmeter, fuel economy, and navigation.
so on.
OQL048258L
4 71
Features of your vehicle
OQL048259L
■ TPMS
OJF048529L
When Service Required is set, the
remaining distance/period to drive
appears on the LCD screen.
From the point at which the remaining
distance to drive amounts to 1,500km
or the remaining period amounts to
OQL048260L 30 days, Service Required message
automatically displays and remained
on LCD screen for a number of sec-
onds every time the engine start/stop
button is ON.
With Service Required in place,
Service Required Alarm message
pops up when an aggregated
amount of miles/time driven reaches
a certain point.
4 72
Features of your vehicle
With Service Required mode, press Master warning mode Distance to empty
OK button for more than 5 sec. The (if equipped)
values will return to initial setting val-
ues.
• This warning light informs the driv-
er the following situations
❈See Service Interval in User - LED head lamp malfunction
Settings Mode in this chapter for (if equipped)
further information about Service
Required Setting. - Smart Cruise Control with Stop &
Go malfunction (if equipped)
- Forward Collision-Avoidance
❈Service Required Setting Assist malfunction (if equipped)
Battery Cable Disconnection, Fuse - Blind-Spot Collision Warning radar OQL048478L
Switch OFF or Service Required blind (if equipped)
Setting values (an amount of • The distance to empty is the esti-
miles/time driven) can be randomly - Smart Cruise Control with Stop &
Go radar blind (if equipped) mated distance the vehicle can be
changed. In such cases, re-enter driven with the remaining fuel.
Service Required Setting values. - Lamp malfunction
- Distance range: 1 ~ 1,999 km or 1
- High Beam Assist malfunction (if ~ 1,999 mi
equipped)
• If the estimated distance is below 1
The Master Warning Light illumi- km (1 mi.), the trip computer will
nates if one or more of the above display “---” as distance to empty.
warning situations occur.
If the warning situation is solved, the
master warning light will be turned
off.
4 73
Features of your vehicle
Digital speedometer
4 74
Features of your vehicle
4 75
Features of your vehicle
Instant Fuel Economy (2) Accumulated driving information One time driving information mode
• This mode displays the instant fuel mode
economy during the last few sec-
onds when the vehicle speed is
more than 10 km/h (6.2 MPH).
- Fuel economy range: 0.0 ~ 30
km/L, L/100km or 0.0 ~ 50.0
MPG
OJF048557L
OJF048556L The vehicle will display Driving
Displays accumulated information Information once per one ignition cycle.
starting from mileage/fuel efficien- - Fuel efficiency is calculated after the
cy/time default point. vehicle has run for more than 300
• Accumulated information is calcu- meters.
lated after the vehicle has run for - The Driving Information will be reset
more than 300 meters. 4 hours after ignition has been turned
• If you press “OK” button for more off. So, when the vehicle ignition is
than 1 second after the Cumulative turned on within 4 hours, the informa-
Information is displayed, the infor- tion will not be reset.
mation will be reset. - If you press “OK” button for more
• If the engine is running, even when than 1 second after the Driving
the vehicle is not in motion, the Information is displayed, the informa-
information will be accumulated. tion will be reset.
4 76
Features of your vehicle
- If the engine is running, even when Digital speedometer User Settings Mode
the vehicle is not in motion, the infor- Description
mation will be accumulated.
OYG046156
OJF048553L
This mode displays the current
speed of the vehicle. On this mode, you can change set-
ting of the doors, lamps, and so on.
WARNING
Do not adjust the User Setting
whilst driving. You may lose
your steering control and cause
severe personal injury or acci-
dents.
4 77
Features of your vehicle
4 78
Features of your vehicle
4 79
Features of your vehicle
4 80
Features of your vehicle
4 81
Features of your vehicle
Language (if equipped) Warning Messages (if equipped) Press START button whilst turn-
Choose the language Shift to P (for smart key system ing wheel (for smart key system)
and automatic transaxle) • This warning message illuminates
if the steering wheel does not
Reset • This warning message illuminates if unlock normally when the Engine
You can reset the menus in the User you try to turn off the engine without Start/Stop Button is pressed.
Settings Mode. All menus in the User the shift lever in P (Park) position.
• It means that you should press the
Settings Mode are initialized, except • At this time, the Engine Start/Stop Engine Start/Stop Button whilst
language and service interval. Button turns to the ACC position (If turning the steering wheel right
you press the Engine Start/Stop and left.
Button once more, it will turn to the
ON position).
Steering wheel unlocked
(for smart key system)
Low Key Battery
(for smart key system) • This warning message illuminates
if the steering wheel does not lock
• This warning message illuminates when the Engine Start/Stop Button
if the battery of the smart key is changes to the OFF position.
discharged when the Engine
Start/Stop Button changes to the
OFF position.
4 82
Features of your vehicle
Check steering wheel lock Press clutch pedal to start engine Key not detected
system (for smart key system) (for smart key system and manu- (for smart key system)
• This warning message illuminates al transaxle) • This warning message illuminates
if the steering wheel does not lock • This warning message illuminates if if the smart key is not detected
normally when the Engine the Engine Start/Stop Button when you press the Engine
Start/Stop Button changes to the changes to the ACC position twice Start/Stop Button.
OFF position. by pressing the button repeatedly
without depressing the clutch pedal.
Press start button again
Press brake pedal to start engine • It means that you should depress (for smart key system)
(for smart key system and auto- the clutch pedal to start the engine.
• This warning message illuminates
matic transaxle) if you can not operate the Engine
• This warning message illuminates Key not in vehicle Start/Stop Button when there is a
if the Engine Start/Stop Button (for smart key system) problem with the Engine Start/Stop
changes to the ACC position twice • This warning message illuminates Button system.
by pressing the button repeatedly if the smart key is not in the vehicle • It means that you could start the
without depressing the brake pedal. when you press the Engine engine by pressing the Engine
• It means that you should depress Start/Stop Button. Start/ Stop Button once more.
the brake pedal to start the engine. • It means that you should always • If the warning illuminates each time
have the smart key with you. you press the Engine Start/Stop
Button, have the vehicle inspected
by a professional workshop. Kia
recommends to visit an authorised
Kia dealer/service partner.
4 83
Features of your vehicle
Press start button with key Shift to P or N to start engine Door, Bonnet, Tailgate Open
(for smart key system) (for smart key system and auto-
• This warning message illuminates matic transaxle)
if you press the Engine Start/Stop • This warning message illuminates
Button whilst the warning message if you try to start the engine with
“Key not detected” is illuminating. the shift lever not in the P (Park) or
• At this time, the immobiliser indica- N (Neutral) position.
tor light blinks.
✽ NOTICE
Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse You can start the engine with the
(for smart key system and auto- shift lever in the N (Neutral) position.
matic transaxle) But, for your safety, we recommend
that you start the engine with the OQL048263L
• This warning message illuminates
if the brake switch fuse is discon- shift lever in the P (Park) position. • It means that any door, bonnet, or
nected. tailgate is open.
• It means that you should replace
the fuse with a new one. If that is
not possible, you can start the
engine by pressing the Engine
Start/Stop Button for 10 seconds in
the ACC position.
4 84
Features of your vehicle
Sunroof Open (if equipped) Low Washer Fluid (if equipped) Check exhaust system
• This warning message illuminates (Diesel Particulate Filter warning
on the service reminder mode if for diesel engine)
the washer fluid level in the reser- • This warning message illuminates if
voir is nearly empty. the DPF system has a malfunction.
• It means that you should refill the at this time, DPF warning light also
washer fluid. blinks.
In this case, have the DPF system
checked by a professional workshop.
Turn on FUSE SWITCH
Kia recommends to visit an autho-
(if equipped) rised Kia dealer/service partner.
• This warning message illuminates
if the fuse switch under the steer- ❈For more details, refer to “warning
OQL048264L lights” in this chapter.
ing wheel is OFF.
• This warning message illuminates • It means that you should turn the
if you turn off the engine and then fuse switch on.
open the driver's door when the
sunroof is open. ❈For more details, refer to “Fuses” in
chapter 8.
4 85
Features of your vehicle
Check headlights (if equipped) Check Forward Collision Device in wireless charger
• This warning message illuminates if Avoidance Assist system (if equipped)
there is a malfunction (burned-out (if equipped) If a smart phone is still left on the
bulb or circuit malfunction) with the • This warning message illuminates wireless charging pad unattended,
head lights (high and low beam). In if there is a malfunction with the even when the ignition is in ACC
this case, have your vehicle inspect- Forward Collision Avoidance Assist OFF and the instrument panel's one
ed by a professional workshop. Kia (FCA) system. In this case, have time driving information mode has
recommends to visit an authorised the vehicle inspected by a profes- finished, a warning message will lit
Kia dealer/service partner. sional workshop. Kia recommends up on the instrument panel.
to visit an authorised Kia
dealer/service partner. ❈For more details, refer to “Smart
✽ NOTICE Phone Wireless Charger” in this
• When replacing the bulb, use the ❈For more details, refer to “Forward chapter.
same wattage bulb. Collision Avoidance Assist(FCA)
For more information, refer to system” in chapter 6. Low Fuel
“BULB WATTAGE” in chapter 9. • This warning message illuminates
• If the different wattage bulb is if the fuel tank is nearly empty.
equipped with the vehicle, this Check high beam assist system
warning message is not displayed. (if equipped) - When the low fuel level warning
• This warning message illuminates light is illuminates.
if the high beam assist system has Add fuel as soon as possible.
a malfunction.
In this case, have the vehicle inspect-
ed by a professional workshop. Kia
recommends to visit an authorised
Kia dealer/service partner.
4 86
Features of your vehicle
OYP048396R
• This warning pop-up message and
light are to warn the driver the road
may be icy.
When the Outside Temperature is
below approximately 4°C (39°F),
- The warning light (including
Outside Temperature and unit)
blinks 5 times and then illuminates.
- The warning pop-up message dis-
plays, and the warning chime
sounds once at the same time only
once for each ignition cycle.
4 87
Features of your vehicle
4 88
Features of your vehicle
Parking Brake & Brake If the brake fluid level in the reservoir Dual-diagonal braking system
Fluid Warning Light is low: Your vehicle is equipped with dual-
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe diagonal braking systems. This
This warning light illuminates: location and stop your vehicle. means you still have braking on two
2. With the engine stopped, check wheels even if one of the dual sys-
• Once you set the ignition switch or tems should fail.
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON the brake fluid level immediately
position. and add fluid as required (For With only one of the dual systems
more details, refer to “Brake Fluid” working, more than normal pedal
- It illuminates for approximately 3 in chapter 8). Then check all brake travel and greater pedal pressure are
seconds components for fluid leaks. If any required to stop the vehicle.
- It remains on if the parking brake leak on the brake system is still Also, the vehicle will not stop in as
is applied. found, the warning light remains short a distance with only a portion
• When the parking brake is applied. on, or the brakes do not operate of the brake system working.
• When the brake fluid level in the properly, do not drive the vehicle.
If the brakes fail whilst you are driv-
reservoir is low. In this case, have the vehicle ing, shift to a lower gear for addition-
- If the warning light illuminates towed to a professional workshop al engine braking and stop the vehi-
with the parking brake released, it and inspected. Kia recommends to cle as soon as it is safe to do so.
indicates the brake fluid level in visit an authorised Kia dealer/serv-
reservoir is low. ice partner.
4 89
Features of your vehicle
4 90
Features of your vehicle
4 91
Features of your vehicle
Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (MIL) CAUTION - Petrol Engine CAUTION - Diesel Engine
If the Malfunction Indicator If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
This warning light illuminates: Lamp (MIL) illuminates, poten- (MIL) blinks, some error related
tial catalytic converter damage to the injection quantity adjust-
• Once you set the ignition switch or is possible which could result in ment occurs which could result
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON loss of engine power. in loss of engine power, combus-
position. tion noise and poor emission.
In this case, have the vehicle
- It remains on until the engine is inspected by a professional In this case, have the engine
started. workshop. Kia recommends to control system inspected by a
• When there is a malfunction with visit an authorised Kia professional workshop. Kia rec-
the emission control system. dealer/service partner. ommends to visit an authorised
In this case, have the vehicle Kia dealer/service partner.
inspected by a professional work-
shop. Kia recommends to visit an
authorised Kia dealer/service part-
ner.
CAUTION - Malfunction
Indicator Lamp (MIL)
Driving with the Malfunction
Indicator Lamp (MIL) on may
cause damage to the emission
control systems which could
effect drivability and/or fuel
economy.
4 92
Features of your vehicle
4 93
Features of your vehicle
4 94
Features of your vehicle
4 95
Features of your vehicle
4 96
Features of your vehicle
4 97
Features of your vehicle
4 98
Features of your vehicle
4 99
Features of your vehicle
4 100
Features of your vehicle
This indicator light blinks: This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates:
• When you turn the turn signal light • When the headlights are on and in • When the tail lights or headlights
on. the high beam position are on.
• When the turn signal lever is pulled
If any of the following occurs, there into the Flash-to-Pass position.
Front Fog Indicator
may a malfunction with the turn signal Light (if equipped)
system. In this case, have the vehicle Low Beam Indicator
inspected by a professional workshop Light (if equipped)
as soon as possible. This indicator light illuminates:
Kia recommends to visit an autho- • When the front fog lights are on.
rised Kia dealer/service partner. This indicator light illuminates:
- The indicator light does not blink • When the headlights are on.
Rear Fog Indicator Light
but illuminates. (if equipped)
- The indicator light blinks more
rapidly.
This indicator light illuminates:
- The indicator light does not illumi-
• When the rear fog lights are on.
nate at all.
4 101
Features of your vehicle
4 102
Features of your vehicle
4 103
Features of your vehicle
4 104
Features of your vehicle
4 105
Features of your vehicle
Types of warning sound Indicator* Non-operational conditions of The detecting range may decrease
parking distance warning- when:
When an object is 120 cm reverse 1. The sensor is stained with foreign
to 61 cm (47 in. to 24 in.) matter such as snow or water.
from the rear bumper:
The parking distance warning-
reverse may not operate properly (The sensing range will return to
Buzzer beeps intermittently. normal when removed.)
when:
1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It 2. Outside air temperature is
When an object is 60 cm to
31 cm (23 in. to 12 in.) from will operate normally when the extremely hot or cold.
the rear bumper: moisture has been cleared.)
Buzzer beeps more frequently. 2. The sensor is covered with foreign The following objects may not be
matter, such as snow or water, or recognized by the sensor:
When an object is within the sensor cover is blocked. (It will 1. Sharp or slim objects such as
30 cm (11 in.) of the rear operate normally when the materi- ropes, chains or small poles.
bumper: al is removed or the sensor is no
Buzzer sounds continuously. 2. Objects which tend to absorb the
longer blocked.)
sensor frequency such as clothes,
* if equipped 3. Driving on uneven road surfaces spongy material or snow.
(unpaved roads, gravel, bumps,
3. Undetectable objects smaller than
gradient).
✽ NOTICE 1 m (40 in.) in height and narrower
4. Objects generating excessive than 14 cm (6 in.) in diameter.
The indicator may differ from the noise (vehicle horns, loud motor-
illustration as objects or sensors sta- cycle engines, or truck air brakes)
tus. are within range of the sensor.
If the indicator blinks, have the sys-
tem checked by a professional 5. Heavy rain or water spray exists.
workshop. Kia recommends to visit 6. Wireless transmitters or mobile
an authorised Kia dealer/service phones are within range of the
partner. sensor.
7. The sensor is covered with snow.
8. Trailer towing
4 106
Features of your vehicle
4 107
Features of your vehicle
Self-diagnosis
If you don’t hear an audible warning
sound or if the buzzer sounds inter-
mittently when shifting the gear to the
R (Reverse) position, this may indi-
cate a malfunction in the parking dis-
tance warning-reverse. If this occurs,
have the system checked by a pro-
fessional workshop. Kia recom-
mends to visit an authorised Kia deal-
er/service partner.
WARNING
Your new vehicle warranty does
not cover any accidents or dam-
age to the vehicle or injuries to
its occupants due to a parking
distance warning-reverse mal-
function. Always drive safely
and cautiously.
4 108
Features of your vehicle
WARNING
The parking distance warning-
forward should only be consid- OQL045402R
ered as a supplementary func- • This system activates when the
tion. The driver must check the parking distance warning-forward
front and rear view. The opera- button is pressed with the ignition
tional function of the parking switch ON.
OQL048085L
distance warning-forward can be • The indicator of the parking dis-
affected by many factors and tance warning-forward button turns
The parking distance warning-for- conditions of the surroundings,
ward assists the driver during move- on automatically and activates the
so the responsibility rests parking distance warning-forward
ment of the vehicle by chiming if any always with the driver.
object is sensed within the distance when you shift the gear to the R
of 100 cm (39 in.) in front and 120 cm (Reverse) position. It will turn off
(47 in.) behind the vehicle. automatically when you drive above
30km/h (18.6 mph). (if Parking
Assist equipped)
4 109
Features of your vehicle
• The sensing distance whilst back- Type of warning indicator and sound
ing up is approximately 120 cm (47 : with Warning sound
in.) when you are driving less than
10 km/h (6.2 mph). Warning indicator
• The sensing distance whilst mov- Distance
Warning sound
ing forward is approximately 100 from object When driving When driving
cm (39 in.) when you are driving forward rearward
less than 10 km/h (6.2 mph). Buzzer beeps
100cm~61cm Front -
• When more than two objects are intermittently
sensed at the same time, the clos- Buzzer beeps
est one will be recognized first. 120cm~61cm Rear -
intermittently
• The side sensors are activated
Buzzer beeps
when you shift the gear to the R Front
frequently
(Reverse) position. 60cm~31cm
• If the vehicle speed is above Buzzer beeps
Rear -
20km/h, the system automatically frequently
turns off. To activate again, push Buzzer sounds
the button. Front
continuously
30cm
Buzzer sounds
✽ NOTICE Rear -
continuously
It may not operate if it’s distance
from the object is already less than ✽ NOTICE
approximately 25 cm when the sys- • The actual warning sound and indicator may differ from the illustration
tem is ON. according to objects or sensor status.
• Do not wash the vehicle's sensor with high pressure water.
4 110
Features of your vehicle
4 111
Features of your vehicle
4 112
Features of your vehicle
Self-diagnosis
WARNING When you shift the gear to the R
WARNING
Pay close attention when the (Reverse) position and if one or more Your new vehicle warranty does
vehicle is driven close to of the below occurs you may have a not cover any accidents or dam-
objects on the road, particularly malfunction in the rear parking assist age to the vehicle or injuries to
pedestrians, and especially system. its occupants related to a park-
children. Be aware that some ing assist system. Always drive
• You don't hear an audible warning
objects may not be detected by safely and cautiously.
sound or if the buzzer sounds inter-
the sensors, due to the objects
mittently.
distance, size or material, all of
which can limit the effective-
ness of the sensor. Always per- • is displayed. (if equipped)
form a visual inspection to (blinks)
make sure the vehicle is clear of
all obstructions before moving If this occurs, have the system
the vehicle in any direction. checked by a professional workshop.
Kia recommends to visit an autho-
rised Kia dealer/service partner.
4 113
Features of your vehicle
4 114
Features of your vehicle
OQL045056R
4 115
Features of your vehicle
The system will help park the vehicle Non-operating condition • Big vehicles such as buses or
in the middle or back of a parked Never use the Parking Assist in the trucks parked
vehicle. Use the system when all the limitation of the system. • EPS (Electronic Power Steering)
below conditions are met. indicator light remains on the
• Curved parking space
• When the parking space is a instrument cluster
straight line • Inclined roads
• Front or rear distance sensors are
• When parallel parking or reverse • A vehicle loaded with longer or malfunction or not working proper-
(perpendicular) parking is required wider cargo compared to the vehicle ly. (Refer to the parking assist sys-
• When there is a parked vehicle • Diagonal parking space tem in chapter 4.)
• When there is enough space to • Heavy snow or rain or wind • A motorcycle or bicycle parked
move the vehicle • Near a circular pillar or narrow pil- • A obstacle such as a trash can,
lar, or a pillar surrounded by objects bicycle, shopping cart, etc. is near
such as fire extinguisher, etc. • Wheel changed to an unauthorised
• The sensor is positioned incorrectly size
by an impact to the bumper • A problem with the wheel alignment
• Bumpy roads • Vehicle leaned severely to one side
• A vehicle equipped with a snow
chain or spare tyre
• Tyre pressure lower or higher than
the standard tyre pressure
• A trailer connected to the vehicle
• Slippery or uneven road
4 116
Features of your vehicle
OQL045475 OQL048473R
Snow may interfere with sensor The system may not search for
operation or the system may parking spaces if the space is
cancel if the road is slippery too narrow. Even if the system
OQL045474 whilst parking. Also, if the driv- is operating, always be careful.
er is unfamiliar with applying (Continued)
The driver must apply the accel- the accelerator and brake pedal,
erator and brake pedal when a car accident may occur.
parking on inclines. If the driver
is unfamiliar with applying the (Continued)
accelerator and brake pedal, a
vehicle accident may occur.
(Continued)
4 117
Features of your vehicle
The system is a supplemental for Parking in uneven roads, the An accident may occur when
parallel parking or perpendicular driver needs to properly apply parking behind a vehicle higher
parking. Diagonal line parking is the pedal (clutch, accelerator or than yours. For example, bus,
not available. Even if the vehicle brake). If not, the system may truck, etc.
is able to enter the space, do not cancel when the vehicle slips or Do not solely rely on the
operate the Parking Assist. The an accident may occur. Parking Assist.
system will attempt parallel park- (Continued) (Continued)
ing or reverse (perpendicular)
parking.
(Continued)
4 118
Features of your vehicle
4 119
Features of your vehicle
If the system already recognized 1. Activate Parking Assist 2. Select Parking Mode
parking space before activating the • Select parallel mode or reverse
Parking Assist, you can proceed mode by pressing the Parking
from 4stage (Search complete). Assist button with the shift lever in
D (Drive).
✽ NOTICE • If the system already recognized
• Before activating the system check parking space before activating the
if the conditions are possible to use Parking Assist, you can see
the system. “Parking search” or “Space found”.
• For your safety, always apply the • The right side parallel mode is
brake pedal except for when driving. selected automatically when the
Parking Assist is activated.
OQL045480R • The mode changes from parallel
• Press the Parking Assist button mode (right → left) to reverse mode
(the button indicator will illumi- (right → left) whenever the Parking
nate). Assist button is pressed. (for LHD)
• The Parking Assist System will be • The mode changes from parallel
activated (the button indicator will mode (left → right) to reverse mode
illuminate). (left → right) whenever the Parking
A warning sound will be heard if an Assist button is pressed. (for RHD)
obstacle is detected. • If the button is pressed again, the
• Press the Parking Assist button system will turn off.
again for more than 1.5 seconds to
turn off the system.
• The Parking Assist defaults to the
OFF position whenever the ignition
switch is turned on.
4 120
Features of your vehicle
3. Search for parking space • If vehicle speed is over 30 km/h (18 ✽ NOTICE
(optional) mph), the system will be cancelled. • When searching for a parking
■ Right side ■ Left side space, the system may not be able
- Parallel parking - Parallel parking ✽ NOTICE to find a parking space if there is
• Turn on the hazard warning flasher no vehicle parked, a parking space
if it is crowded with other vehicles. is available after driving by or a
• If the parking lot is small, slowly parking space is available before
drive more nearer to the parking driving by.
space. • The system may not operate nor-
• The search for a parking space mally in the following conditions:
will be completed only when there (1) When the sensors are frozen
OCD058042 OCD058043
is enough space for the vehicle to (2) When the sensors are dirty
■ Right side ■ Left side (3) When it snows or rains heavily
- Reverse parking - Reverse parking move to park.
(4) When a pillar or object is near
OCD058044 OCD058045
• Slowly drive forward maintaining the
distance of approximately 50 cm ~
150 cm (19.6 in.~59.0 in.) with the
parked vehicles. The side sensors
will search for a parking space.
• If the vehicle speed is over 20 km/h
(12 mph), a message will appear to
notify you to reduce speed.
4 121
Features of your vehicle
4 122
Features of your vehicle
4 123
Features of your vehicle
4 124
Features of your vehicle
WARNING
Always be careful whilst park-
ing for other vehicles or pedes-
OCD058061 OCD058062
trians.
Gear shift whilst steering wheel con- OCD058055
trol
Complete parking your vehicle
When the above message appears
according to the instructions on the
with a beep sound, shift the gear and LCD display. If required, manually
drive the vehicle with the brake pedal control the steering wheel and com-
depressed. plete parking your vehicle.
✽ NOTICE
The brake pedal must be depressed
by the driver whilst parking your
vehicle.
4 125
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
• In the below conditions the system
OJF048341R will be cancelled. Park your vehi-
cle manually.
- When the ABS is activated OJF048344R
- When the TCS/ESC is turned off • If there is a problem with the sys-
• When vehicle speed is above tem, when the system is turned on,
20km/h whilst searching for a the above message will appear.
parking space a message "Reduce Also, the indicator on the button
speed" will appear. will not light up and a beep sound
• In the below condition the system will be heard.
will not activate
OCD058056
- When the TCS/ESC is turned off
OJF048343R
4 126
Features of your vehicle
• If there is a problem with only the How the system works ✽ NOTICE
Parking Assist, the Parking Assist (Exit mode) • Before activating the system check
System will operate. if the conditions are possible to use
The Exit Mode operates in the below
If you notice any problem, have the condition: the system.
system checked by a professional • For your safety, always apply the
1. Activate the Parking Assist
workshop. Kia recommends to visit brake pedal except for when driv-
an authorised Kia dealer/service The shift lever should be placed in ing.
partner. P (Park).
2. Select Exit Mode
- If the parking mode is selected
with the shift lever in N (Neutral)
after starting the engine, the exit
mode will be selected automati-
cally and after driving, the park-
ing mode will be selected.
3. Check surroundings
4. Steering wheel control
(1) Shift according to the instruc-
tion on the LCD display.
(2) Drive slowly with the brake
pedal applied.
5. Exiting complete
If necessary, manually adjust posi-
tion of vehicle.
4 127
Features of your vehicle
• Select the mode by pressing the The Parking Assist checks the front
OQL045480R Parking Assist button with the shift and rear space to exit the vehicle
lever in P (Park) and the brake from the parking space.
• Press the Parking Assist button pedal depressed.
(the button indicator will illumi-
nate). • The left side parallel mode is select-
ed automatically when the Parking
• The Parking Assist System will be Assist is activated.
activated (the button indicator will
illuminate). • To select the right side parallel
mode press the Parking Assist but-
A warning sound will be heard if an ton once more.
obstacle is detected.
• If the button is pressed again, the
• Press the Parking Assist button system will turn off.
again for more than 1.5 seconds to
turn off the system.
• The Parking Assist defaults to the
OFF position whenever the ignition
switch is turned on.
4 128
Features of your vehicle
OCD058062
OCD058063
4 129
Features of your vehicle
• The above message will appear if To cancel the system whilst exiting 5. Exiting Complete
the shift lever is in D (Drive) or R Press the Parking Assist System but-
(Reverse) according to the dis- ton.
tance of the front and rear object
Press the Parking Assist button
from the sensor.
whilst the steering wheel is con-
The steering wheel will be con- trolled by the system
trolled automatically.
• The system will be cancelled if you
firmly hold the steering wheel CAUTION
whilst it is controlled automatically. Always drive slowly with the
• The system will be cancelled if vehi- brake pedal applied.
cle speed is over 7km/h (4.3mph).
OJF048346R
4 130
Features of your vehicle
4 131
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION
The system may not work prop-
erly by providing incorrect mes-
sages when the sensors are
interfered by other vehicle sen-
sors and noise, or it is on a road
that interferes with receiving
OJF048344R signals.
• If there is a problem with the sys-
tem, when the system is turned on,
the above message will appear.
Also, the indicator on the button
will not light up and a beep sound
will be heard.
• If there is a problem with only the
Parking Assist, the Parking Assist
System will operate.
4 132
Features of your vehicle
WARNING
• This system is a supplemen-
tary function only. It is the
responsibility of the driver to
always check the inside/out-
side rearview mirror and the
area behind the vehicle before
and whilst backing up because
there is a dead zone that can't
OQL048403L
be seen by the camera.
• Always keep the camera lens
clean. If lens is covered with
foreign matter, the camera
may not operate normally.
4 133
Features of your vehicle
LIGHTING
Battery saver function Headlight escort function
CAUTION (if equipped)
• The purpose of this feature is to
prevent the battery from being dis- If the driver gets out of the vehi- If you turn the ignition switch to the
charged. The system automatically cle through other doors (except ACC or OFF position with the head-
turns off the parking lights when driver's door), the battery saver lights ON, the headlights remain on
the driver removes the ignition key function does not operate. for about 5 minutes. However, if the
and opens the driver-side door. Therefore, It causes the battery driver's door is opened and closed,
to be discharged. In this case, the headlights are turned off after 15
• With this feature, the parking lights make sure to turn off the lamp
will turn off automatically if the driver seconds.
before getting out of the vehicle.
parks on the side of the road at night. The headlights can be turned off by
If necessary, to keep the lights on pressing the lock button on the trans-
when the ignition key is removed, mitter (or smart key) twice or turning
perform the following: the light switch to the OFF position.
1) Open the driver-side door.
2) Turn the parking lights OFF and
ON again using the light switch
on the steering column.
4 134
Features of your vehicle
Daytime running light Lighting control The light switch has a Headlight and
(if equipped) a Parking light position.
■ Type A
The Daytime Running Lights (DRL) To operate the lights, turn the knob at
can make it easier for others to see the the end of the control lever to one of
front of your vehicle during the day. the following positions:
DRL can be helpful in many different (1) OFF position
driving conditions, and it is especially (2) Auto light
helpful after dawn and before sunset.
(3) Parking light position
The DRL system turns OFF when:
(4) Headlight position
1. The headlight switch is ON. OQL045491L
2. The engine is OFF. ■ Type B
4 135
Features of your vehicle
Parking light position ( ) When the light switch is in the park- Headlight position ( )
ing light position (3rd position), the
■ Type A ■ Type A
tail, license and instrument panel
lights will turn ON.
OQL045468L OQL045469L
■ Type B ■ Type B
OQL048549L OUM044217L
■ Type C ■ Type C
OUM044054R OUM044217R
4 136
Features of your vehicle
When the light switch is in the head- Auto light (if equipped)
light position (4th position), the head,
■ Type A ■ Type C
tail, license and instrument panel
lights will turn ON.
✽ NOTICE
The ignition switch must be in the
ON position to turn on the head-
lights.
OQL045405L OQL045405R
■ Type B
When the light switch is in the AUTO
light position, the taillights and head-
lights will be turned ON or OFF auto-
matically depending on the amount
of light outside the vehicle.
OQLE045405
4 137
Features of your vehicle
OUM044059L
■ Type C
OUM044059R
4 138
Features of your vehicle
To turn off the high beam headlamp, ■ Type A To flash the headlights, pull the lever
pull the lever to you when the high towards you. It will return to the nor-
beam is on. The lever will return to its mal (low beam) position when
original position. released. The headlight switch does
To prevent the battery from being not need to be on to use this flashing
discharged, do not leave the lights feature.
on for a prolonged time whilst the
engine is not running.
OQL045493L
■ Type B
WARNING
Do not use high beam when
there are other vehicles. Using
high beam could obstruct the
other driver’s vision.
OUM044058L
■ Type C
OUM044058R
4 139
Features of your vehicle
Turn signals and lane change signals They will self-cancel after a turn is
completed. If the indicator continues
■ Type A ■ Type C
to flash after a turn, manually return
the lever to the OFF position.
To signal a lane change, move the
turn signal lever slightly and hold it in
position (B). The lever will return to
the OFF position when released.
If an indicator stays on and does not
flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of
the turn signal bulbs may be burned
out and will require replacement.
OQL045049L OUM044060R
■ Type B
The ignition switch must be on for the
turn signals to function. To turn on
the turn signals, move the lever up or
down (A). The green arrow indicators
on the instrument panel indicate
which turn signal is operating.
OUM044060L
4 140
Features of your vehicle
One-touch lane change function Front fog light (if equipped) The fog lights will turn on when the
(if equipped) fog light switch (1) is turned on after
■ Type A
To activate an one-touch lane the parklight is turned on.
change function, move the turn sig- To turn off the fog lights, turn the fog
nal lever slightly for less than 0.7 light switch (1) to the OFF position.
second and then release it. The lane
change signals will blink 3 times. CAUTION
When in operation, the fog lights
✽ NOTICE consume large amounts of vehi-
If an indicator flash is abnormally cle electrical power. Only use the
quick or slow, a bulb may be burned fog lights when visibility is poor.
OUM044061L
out or have a poor electrical connec- ■ Type B
tion in the circuit.
OUM044061R
4 141
Features of your vehicle
Rear fog light (if equipped) The rear fog lights turn on when the Headlight levelling device
rear fog light switch is turned on after (if equipped)
■ Type A
the front fog light switch is turned on Manual type
and the headlight switch is in the
parklight position.
To turn the rear fog lights off, turn the
rear fog light switch to the on position
again or turn the headlight switch off.
✽ NOTICE
OUM044329L
To turn on the rear fog light switch,
■ Type B the ignition switch must be in the
ON position.
OQL048065R
To adjust the headlight beam level
according to the number of passen-
gers and loading weight in the luggage
area, turn the beam levelling switch.
The higher the number of the switch
position, the lower the headlight
OUM044329R beam level. Always keep the head-
To turn the rear fog lights on, turn the light beam at the proper levelling
headlight switch to the headlight on position, or headlights may dazzle
position and turn the rear fog light other road users.
switch (1) to the on position.
4 142
Features of your vehicle
Listed below are the examples of Automatic type High Beam Assist (if equipped)
proper switch settings. For loading It automatically adjusts the headlight ■ Type A
conditions other than those listed beam level according to the number
below, adjust the switch position so of passengers and loading weight in
that the beam level may be the near- the luggage area.
est as the condition obtained accord-
ing to the list. And it offers proper headlight beam
under various conditions.
Switch
Loading condition
position WARNING
If it does not work properly even
Driver only 0 though your car is inclined OUM048469L
backward according to passen- ■ Type B
4 143
Features of your vehicle
Operating condition The high beam switches to low beam Warning light and message
1.Place the light switch in the AUTO in the below conditions.
position. - When the High Beam Assist is off.
2.Turn on the high beam by pushing - When the light switch is not in the
the lever away from you. AUTO position.
The High Beam Assist ( ) indica- - When the headlamp is detected
tor will illuminate. from the on-coming vehicle.
3.The High Beam Assist will turn on - When the tail lamp is detected
when vehicle speed is above 40 from the front vehicle.
kph (25 mph). - When the surrounding is bright
• If the lever is pushed away when enough high beams are not need-
the High Beam Assist is operat- ed.
OQL058253L
ing, the High Beam Assist will - When streetlights or other lights
turn off and the high beam will be are detected. When the Smart High Beam Assist
on continuously. The High Beam System is not working properly, the
Assist ( ) indicator will turn off. - When vehicle speed is below 30 warning message will come on for a
kph (19 mph). few second. After the message dis-
• If the lever is pulled towards you
when the high beam is on with - When headlamp / taillamp of bicy- appears, the master warning light
operating High Beam Assist, the cle/motorcycle is detected. ( ) will illuminate.
High Beam Assist will turn off. If the problem is not solved. contact a
4.If the light switch is placed to the professional workshop. Kia recom-
headlamp position, the High Beam mends to visit an authorised Kia
Assist will turn off and the low dealer/service partner.
beam will be on continuously.
4 144
Features of your vehicle
4 145
Features of your vehicle
WARNING
• Do not place any accessories,
stickers or tint the wind-
screen.
• Have the windscreen glass
replaced from an authorised
dealer.
• Do not remove or impact relat-
ed parts of the High Beam
Assist system.
• Be careful that water doesn’t
get into the High Beam Assist
unit.
• Do not place objects on the
dashboard that reflects light
such as mirrors, white paper,
etc. The system may malfunc-
tion if sunlight is reflected.
• At times, the Smart High
Beam system may not work
properly, always check the
road conditions for your safe-
ty. When the system does not
operate normally, manually
change between the high
beam and low beam.
4 146
Features of your vehicle
OQL048407L/OUM048222L/OQLE048577R/OYP048182N/OUM048223L/OQLE048578R
4 147
Features of your vehicle
OQLE045484R
4 149
Features of your vehicle
Windscreen washers In the OFF (O) position, pull the lever The reservoir filler neck is located in
gently toward you to spray washer the front of the engine compartment
■ Type A
fluid on the windscreen and to run on the driver side.
the wipers 1-3 cycles.
Use this function when the wind- CAUTION
screen is dirty.
To prevent possible damage to
The spray and wiper operation will the washer pump, do not oper-
continue until you release the lever. ate the washer when the fluid
If the washer does not work, check reservoir is empty.
OYP047377L
the washer fluid level. If the fluid level
■ Type B is not sufficient, you will need to add
appropriate non-abrasive wind-
screen washer fluid to the washer
WARNING
reservoir. Do not use the washer in freez-
ing temperatures without first
warming the windscreen with
the defrosters; the washer solu-
tion could freeze on the wind-
screen and obscure your
OYP048449L vision.
■ Type C
OYP048456R
4 150
Features of your vehicle
OYP048457R
4 151
Features of your vehicle
The rear window wiper and washer ■ Type A Push the lever away from you to
switch is located at the end of the spray rear washer fluid and to run the
wiper and washer switch lever. Turn rear wipers 1~3 cycles. The spray
the switch to the desired position to and wiper operation will continue
operate the rear wiper and washer. until you release the lever.
OYP048451L
■ Type C
OYP048458R
4 152
Features of your vehicle
INTERIOR LIGHT
Automatic turn off function Map lamp
CAUTION (if equipped) ■ Type A
Do not use the interior lights for The interior lights automatically turn
extended periods when the off approximately 20 minutes after
engine is not running. It may the ignition switch is turned off.
cause battery discharge.
If your vehicle is equipped with the
theft alarm system, the interior lights
automatically turns off approximately
WARNING 5 seconds after the system is armed
Do not use the interior lights stage.
when driving in the dark.
OQLE045411
Accidents could happen because ■ Type B
the view may be obscured by
interior lights.
OQL045410
4 153
Features of your vehicle
4 154
Features of your vehicle
Room lamp Tailgate room lamp Glove box lamp (if equipped)
■ Type A
OQL045418
■ Type B
OQL048472L OQL045415R
The tailgate room lamp comes on The glove box lamp comes on when
when the tailgate is opened. the glove box is opened.
✽ NOTICE CAUTION
The tailgate lamp comes on as long To prevent unnecessary charg-
as the tailgate lid is open. To prevent ing system drain, close the
unnecessary charging system drain, glove box securely after using
OQL045412 close the tailgate lid securely after the glove box.
using the tailgate.
• : The light stays on at all times.
4 155
Features of your vehicle
OQL046416R
4 156
Features of your vehicle
4 157
Features of your vehicle
DEFROSTER
Rear window defroster The rear window defroster automati-
CAUTION cally turns off after approximately 20
■ Type A
To prevent damage to the con- minutes or when the ignition switch is
ductors bonded to the inside turned off. To turn off the defroster,
surface of the rear window, press the rear window defroster but-
never use sharp instruments or ton again.
window cleaners containing
abrasives to clean the window. Outside rearview mirror defroster
■ Type B
(if equipped)
✽ NOTICE If your vehicle is equipped with the
outside rearview mirror defrosters,
If you want to defrost and defog the they will operate at the same time you
front windscreen, refer to turn on the rear window defroster.
“Windscreen defrosting and defog- OQL048302L
ging” in this section. The defroster heats the window to
remove frost, fog and thin ice from
the rear window, whilst the engine is
running.
To activate the rear window
defroster, press the rear window
defroster button located in the centre
facia switch panel. The indicator on
the rear window defroster button illu-
minates when the defroster is ON.
If there is heavy accumulation of
snow on the rear window, brush it off
before operating the rear defroster.
4 158
Features of your vehicle
4 159
Features of your vehicle
4 160
Features of your vehicle
Air conditioning system operation • When using the air conditioning Climate control air filter
tips system, you may notice clear water
• If the vehicle has been parked in dripping (or even puddling) on the
direct sunlight during hot weather, ground under the passenger side
open the windows for a short time of the vehicle. This is a normal sys-
to let the hot air inside the vehicle tem operation characteristic.
escape. • Operating the air conditioning sys-
• Use air conditioning to reduce tem in the recirculated air position
humidity and moisture inside the provides maximum cooling, how-
vehicle on rainy or humid days. ever, continual operation in this
mode may cause the air inside the
• During air conditioning system vehicle to become stale.
operation, you may occasionally
notice a slight change in engine • During cooling operation, you may OUM046438L
speed as the air conditioning com- occasionally notice a misty air flow
A : Outside air D : Blower
pressor cycles. This is a normal because of rapid cooling and
humid air intake. This is a normal B : Recirculated air E : Evaporator core
system operation characteristic.
system operation characteristic. C : Climate control F : Heater core
• Use the air conditioning system air filter
every month only for a few minutes
to ensure maximum system per- The climate control air filter installed
formance. behind the glove box filters the dust
or other pollutants that come into the
vehicle from the outside through the
heating and air conditioning system.
4 161
Features of your vehicle
If dust or other pollutants accumulate Air Conditioning refrigerant Each symbols and specification on
in the filter over a period of time, the label air conditioning refrigerant label
air flow from the air vents may means as below ;
■ Example
decrease, resulting in moisture accu- Type A
mulation on the inside of the wind-
screen even when the outside (fresh) 1. Classification of refrigerant
air position is selected. If this hap- 2. Amount of refrigerant
pens, have the climate control air filter 3. Classification of Compressor lubri-
replaced by a professional workshop. cant
Kia recommends to visit an autho-
rised Kia dealer/service partner.
You can find out which air condition-
ing refrigerant is applied your vehicle
✽ NOTICE OUM066034L at the label inside of the engine room.
Type B
• Replace the filter according to the ❈ Refer to chapter 9 for more detail
Maintenance Schedule. location of air conditioning refrig-
If the car is being driven in severe erant label.
conditions such as dusty, rough
roads, more frequent climate con-
trol air filter inspections and
changes are required.
• When the air flow rate suddenly
decreases, have the system
checked by a professional work-
OUM066035L
shop. Kia recommends to visit an
authorised Kia dealer/service ❈ The actual Air Conditioning refrigerant
partner. label in the vehicle may differ from the
illustration.
4 162
Features of your vehicle
4 163
Features of your vehicle
System Overview
1. Fan speed control knob
2. Front windscreen defroster button
3. Rear window defroster button
4. Air conditioning button
5. Air intake control button
6. Mode selection button
7. Temperauture control knob
OQL048300L
4 164
Features of your vehicle
Mode selection
OQL048303L
The mode selection knob controls
the direction of the air flow through
the ventilation system.
Air can be directed to the floor, dash-
board outlets, or windscreen. Five
symbols are used to represent Face,
Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost and
Defrost air position.
OQL048304R
4 165
Features of your vehicle
Air flow is directed towards the face Most of the air flow is directed to the
and the floor. windscreen with a small amount of
air directed to the side window
defrosters.
Floor-Level (A, C, D, E, F)
4 166
Features of your vehicle
4 167
Features of your vehicle
4 168
Features of your vehicle
4 169
Features of your vehicle
■ Type A
System Overview
1. Passenger's temperature control knob
2. SYNC temperature control selection button
3. Front windscreen defroster button
4. Rear window defroster button
5. Air conditioning button
6. Air intake control button
■ Type B 7. OFF button
8. Fan speed control button
9. Mode selection button
10. Driver’s temperature control knob
11. AUTO (automatic control) button
12. Climate control display
13. Climate information screen selection button
OQL048301R/OQL048329R
4 170
Features of your vehicle
Automatic heating and air con- ■ Driver’s side ■ Passenger’s side ✽ NOTICE
ditioning • To turn the automatic operation
off, select any button or switch of
the following:
- Mode selection button
- Air conditioning button
- Front windscreen defroster but-
ton (Press the button one more
time to deselect the front wind-
screen defroster function. The
'AUTO' sign will illuminate on
OQL048315L the information display once
2. Turn the temperature control knob again.)
to the desired temperature. - Fan speed control button
OQL048311L
The selected function will be con-
1. Press the AUTO button. The trolled manually whilst other
modes, fan speeds, air intake and functions operate automatically.
air-conditioning will be controlled • For your convenience and to
automatically according to the improve the effectiveness of the
temperature setting. climate control, use the AUTO
button and set the temperature to
23°C/73°F (22°C/71°F – For
Europe).
4 171
Features of your vehicle
Mode selection
OQL045312
✽ NOTICE
Never place anything over the sen-
sor located on the instrument panel
to ensure better control of the heat-
ing and cooling system.
OQL048304R
4 172
Features of your vehicle
Air flow is directed toward the upper Most of the air flow is directed to the
body and face. Additionally, each floor, with a small amount of the air
outlet can be controlled to direct the being directed to the windscreen and
air discharged from the outlet. side window defrosters.
Floor/Defrost-Level
Bi-Level (B, C, D, E, F) (A, C, D, E, F)
OQL048313R
The mode selection button controls
the direction of the air flow through Air flow is directed towards the face Most of the air flow is directed to the
the ventilation system. and the floor. floor and the windscreen with a small
The air flow outlet port is converted amount directed to the side window
as follows: defrosters.
4 173
Features of your vehicle
4 174
Features of your vehicle
4 175
Features of your vehicle
4 176
Features of your vehicle
4 177
Features of your vehicle
OQL048320R
Press the front blower OFF button to OQL048321R
turn off the front air climate control Press the climate information screen
system. However, you can still oper- selection button to display climate
ate the mode and air intake buttons information on the screen.
as long as the ignition switch is in the
ON position.
4 178
Features of your vehicle
OQL048323L
OQL048322L 1. Set the fan speed to the highest
1. Set the fan speed to the desired position. OQL048324L
position. 2. Set the temperature to the 1. Set the fan speed to the desired
2. Select desired temperature. extreme hot position. position.
3. Select the or position. 3. Select the position. 2. Select desired temperature.
4. The outside (fresh) air will be 4. The outside (fresh) air and air con- 3. Press the defroster button ( ).
selected Automatically. Air condi- ditioning will be selected automat- 4. The air conditioning will turn on
tioning will also be selected auto- ically. according to the detected ambient
matically. temperature and outside (fresh) air
If the air conditioning and/or outside position will be selected automati-
(fresh) air position are not selected cally.
automatically, press the correspon-
ding button manually.
4 179
Features of your vehicle
If the air conditioning and outside To defrost outside windscreen Operation tips
(fresh) air position are not selected • For maximum defrosting, set the
automatically, adjust the correspon- temperature control to the extreme
ding button manually. If the posi- right/hot position and the fan speed
tion is selected, lower fan speed is control to the highest speed.
adjusted to a higher fan speed.
• If warm air to the floor is desired
whilst defrosting or defogging, set
the mode to the floor-defrost posi-
tion.
• Before driving, clear all snow and
ice from the windscreen, rear win-
dow, outside rear view mirrors, and
OQL048325L all side windows.
1. Set the fan speed to the highest • Clear all snow and ice from the
position. bonnet and air inlet in the cowl grill
2. Set the temperature to the extreme to improve heater and defroster
hot position. efficiency and to reduce the proba-
bility of fogging up the inside of the
3. Press the defroster button ( ). windscreen.
4. The air conditioning will turn on
according to the detected ambient
temperature and outside (fresh)
air position will be selected auto-
matically.
4 180
Features of your vehicle
4 181
Features of your vehicle
If the battery has been discharged or Automatic climate control system Auto defogging system
disconnected, it resets to the defog (Only for automatic climate
logic status. control system, if equipped)
OQL045327
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position. OQL048057L
4 182
Features of your vehicle
Step 2 : Increasing air flow toward times per 0.25sec and the position When the ignition switch is in the ON
the windscreen "ADS OFF" will be disappeared on position, the clean air function turns
Step 3 : Operating the air condition- the climate control information on automatically.
ing. screen. Also, the clean air function turns off
Step 4 : Outside air position automatically, when the ignition
switch turns to the OFF position.
(For except european region)
Step 1 : Outside air position
Step 2 : Operating the air condition-
ing
Step 3 : Blowing air flow toward the
windscreen
Step 4 : Increasing air flow toward
the windscreen
4 183
Features of your vehicle
STORAGE COMPARTMENT
These compartments can be used to Centre console storage Glove box
store small items.
CAUTION
• To avoid possible theft, do not
leave valuables in the storage
compartment.
• Always keep the storage com-
partment covers closed whilst
driving. Do not attempt to
place so many items in the
storage compartment that the
storage compartment cover OQL045419R OQL048420R
cannot close securely. The glove box can be locked and
To open the centre console storage,
pull up the lever. unlocked with a master key. (if
equipped)
WARNING - Flammable To open the glove box, pull the lever
materials (1) and the glove box will automati-
Do not store cigarette lighters, cally open. Close the glove box after
propane cylinders, or other use.
flammable/explosive materials
in the vehicle. These items may
catch fire and/or explode if the
vehicle is exposed to hot tem-
peratures for extended periods.
4 184
Features of your vehicle
Sunglass holder
WARNING WARNING
To reduce the risk of injury in an • Do not keep objects except
accident or sudden stop, always sunglasses inside the sun-
keep the glove box door closed glass holder. Such objects
whilst driving. can be thrown from the holder
in the event of a sudden stop
or an accident, possibly injur-
CAUTION ing the passengers in the
vehicle.
Do not keep food in the glove
box for a long time. • Do not open the sunglass
holder whilst the vehicle is
OQL045421
moving. The rear view mirror
of the vehicle can be blocked
To open the sunglass holder, press by an opened sunglass holder.
the cover and the holder will slowly • Do not put the glasses
open. Place your sunglasses with the forcibly into a sunglass holder
lenses facing out. To close the sun- to prevent breakage or defor-
glass holder, push it up. mation of the glasses. It may
cause personal injury if you
try to open it forcibly when the
glasses are jammed in the
holder.
4 185
Features of your vehicle
Luggage box
OQL045458
4 186
Features of your vehicle
INTERIOR FEATURES
Cigarette lighter (if equipped) Ashtray (if equipped)
WARNING
• Do not hold the lighter in after
it is already heated because it
will overheat.
• If the lighter does not pop out
within 30 seconds, remove it
to prevent overheating.
• Do not insert foreign objects
into the socket of the cigarette
lighter. It may damage the cig-
arette lighter.
OQL048483R OQL045423R
For the cigarette lighter to work, the To use the ashtray, open the cover.
ignition switch must be in the ACC CAUTION To clean or empty the ashtray, pull it
position or the ON position. The use of plug-in accessories out.
To use the cigarette lighter, push it all (shavers, hand-held vacuums,
the way into its socket. When the ele- and coffee pots, etc.) may dam-
ment has heated, the lighter will pop age the socket or cause electri- WARNING - Ashtray use
out to the “ready” position. cal failure. • Do not use the vehicle’s ash-
Kia recommends to use parts for trays as waste receptacles.
replacement from an authorised Kia • Putting lit cigarettes or match-
dealer/service partner. es in an ashtray with other
combustible materials may
cause a fire.
4 187
Features of your vehicle
4 188
Features of your vehicle
■ Type A Sunvisor
CAUTION - Vanity mirror
lamp (if equipped)
If you use the vanity mirror lamp,
turn off the lamp before return-
ing the sunvisor to its original
position, otherwise it could
result in battery discharge and
OQL048424R possible sunvisor damage.
■ Type B
OQL045427R
4 189
Features of your vehicle
▼
Temperature control(Automatic)
tions where the operation of the seat
■ Front seat
warmer is not needed, keep the The seat warmer starts to automati-
switches in the "OFF" position. cally control the seat temperature in
order to prevent low-temperature
• Each time you press the switch, burns after being manually turned ON.
the temperature setting of the seat
will change as follows : OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( )
→
■ Front seat
30min 60min
OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( )
You may manually press the button
→
to increase the seat temperature.
OQL048430R However, it soon returns to the auto-
■ Rear seat ■ Rear seat matic mode again.
OFF→HIGH( )→LOW( )
• When pressing the switch for more
→ than 1.5 seconds with the seat
warmer operating, the seat warmer
will turn OFF.
• The seat warmer defaults to the
• The seat warmer defaults to the
OFF position whenever the ignition
OFF position whenever the Engine
switch is turned on.
Start/Stop button is in the ON posi-
tion.
OQL045432
4 190
Features of your vehicle
→ 4 191
Features of your vehicle
4 192
Features of your vehicle
4 193
Features of your vehicle
• Some devices are not supported Wireless smart phone charg- For best wireless charging results,
for fast charging but will be ing system (if equipped) place the smart phone on the centre
charged with normal speed. of the charging pad.
• Use the USB charger when the The wireless charging system is
engine is running to prevent bat- designed for one smart phone
tery discharge. equipped with QI per single usage
• Only devices that fits the USB port only. Please refer to the smart phone
can be used. accessory cover or the smart phone
manufacturer homepage to check
• The USB charger can be used only whether your smart phone supports
for battery charging purposes. QI function.
• Battery chargers cannot be
charged.
WARNING
OQL048467R If any metallic object such as
A wireless smart phone charging coins is located between the
system located in front of the centre wireless charging system and
console. the smart phone, the charging
may be disrupted. Also, the
Firmly close all doors, and turn the metallic object may heat up.
ignition to ACC or IGN ON. To start
wireless charging, place the smart
phone equipped with wireless charg-
ing function on the wireless charging
pad.
4 194
Features of your vehicle
4 195
Features of your vehicle
4 196
Features of your vehicle
4 197
Features of your vehicle
4 198
Features of your vehicle
WARNING
To avoid eye injury, DO NOT
overstretch the luggage net.
ALWAYS keep your face and
body out of the luggage net’s OQL045461
recoil path. DO NOT use the lug-
gage net when the strap has vis- Use the cargo security screen to
ible signs of wear or damage. hide items stored in the cargo area. OQL045459
To use the cargo security screen,
pull the handle backward and insert
the edges into the slots.
OQL045460
When not in use cargo security
screen, follow below steps.
4 199
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION
Since the cargo security screen
may be damaged or malformed,
do not put the luggage on it
when it is used.
4 200
Features of your vehicle
EXTERIOR FEATURES
Roof rack (if equipped) ✽ NOTICE
CAUTION
• The crossbars (if equipped) should
be placed in the proper load carry- • When carrying cargo on the
ing positions prior to placing items roof rack, take the necessary
onto the roof rack. precautions to make sure the
• If the vehicle is equipped with a cargo does not damage the
sunroof, be sure not to position roof of the vehicle.
cargo onto the roof rack in such a • When carrying large objects
way that it could interfere with on the roof rack, make sure
sunroof operation. they do not exceed the overall
• When the roof rack is not being roof length or width.
used to carry cargo, the crossbars • When you are carrying cargo
may need to be repositioned if on the roof rack, do not operate
OQL045462
wind noise is detected. the sunroof (if equipped).
If the vehicle has a roof rack, you can
load cargo on top of your vehicle.
Crossbars and fixing components
needed to install the roof rack on
your vehicle may be obtained from
an authorised Kia dealer/service
partner or other qualified shop.
4 201
Features of your vehicle
WARNING (Continued)
• The following specification is • Always drive slowly and turn
the maximum weight that can corners carefully when carry-
be loaded onto the roof rack. ing items on the roof rack.
Distribute the load as evenly as Severe wind updrafts, caused
possible across the crossbars by passing vehicles or natural
(if equipped) and roof rack and causes, can cause sudden
secure the load firmly. upward pressure on items
loaded on the roof rack. This
ROOF 100 kg (220 lbs.) is especially true when carry-
RACK EVENLY DISTRIBUTED ing large, flat items such as
wood panels or mattresses.
Loading cargo or luggage in This could cause the items to
excess of the specified weight fall off the roof rack and cause
limit on the roof rack may damage to your vehicle or
damage your vehicle. others around you.
• The vehicle centre of gravity • To prevent damage or loss of
will be higher when items are cargo whilst driving, check
loaded onto the roof rack. frequently before or whilst
Avoid sudden starts, braking, driving to make sure the items
sharp turns, abrupt manoeu- on the roof rack are securely
vres or high speeds that may fastened.
result in loss of vehicle con-
trol or rollover resulting in an
accident.
(Continued)
4 202
Audio system
AUDIO SYSTEM
✽ NOTICE Antenna Shark fin antenna (if equipped)
If you install an after market HID ■ Type A The shark fin antenna will receive the
head lamp, your vehicle’s audio and transmit data.
electronic device may malfunction.
CAUTION - Pole type
❈ If your vehicle is equipped with antenna
AVN(Audio, Video and Navigation) • Before entering a place with a
system, refer to a separately sup- low height clearance or a car
plied manual for detailed informa- wash, remove the antenna
tion. pole by rotating it counter-
clockwise. If not, the antenna
OQLE048576
may be damaged.
■ Type B
• When reinstalling your anten-
na pole, it is important that it
is fully tightened and adjusted
to the upright position to
ensure proper reception. But it
could be removed when park-
ing the vehicle or when load-
ing cargo on the roof rack.
• When cargo is loaded on the
OQL045447 roof rack, do not place the
cargo near the antenna pole to
Pole type antenna
ensure proper reception.
Your vehicle uses a roof antenna to
receive both AM and FM broadcast
signals. This antenna pole is remov-
able. To remove the antenna pole,
turn it counterclockwise. To install the
antenna, turn it clockwise.
5 2
Audio system
USB port How vehicle radio works This can be due to factors, such as
FM reception the distance from the radio station,
closeness of other strong radio sta-
tions or the presence of buildings,
bridges or other large obstructions in
the area.
OQL048475R
OJF045308L
You can use the USB port to plug in
a USB device. AM and FM radio signals are broad-
cast from transmitter towers located
around your city. They are intercept-
✽ NOTICE ed by the radio antenna on your vehi-
When using a portable audio device cle. This signal is then received by
connected to the power outlet, noise the radio and sent to your vehicle
may occur during playback. If this speakers.
happens, use the power source of the
portable audio device. When a strong radio signal has
reached your vehicle, the precise
engineering of your audio system
ensures the best possible quality
reproduction. However, in some
cases the signal coming to your vehi-
cle may not be strong and clear.
5 3
Audio system
JBM004
OJF045309L OJF045310L
• Fading - As your vehicle moves
away from the radio station, the
AM broadcasts can be received at FM broadcasts are transmitted at signal will weaken and sound will
greater distances than FM broad- high frequencies and do not bend to begin to fade. When this occurs,
casts. This is because AM radio follow the earth's surface. Because we suggest that you select another
waves are transmitted at low fre- of this, FM broadcasts generally station with a stronger signal.
quencies. These long, low frequency begin to fade at short distances from • Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals or
radio waves can follow the curvature the station. Also, FM signals are eas- large obstructions between the
of the earth rather than travelling ily affected by buildings, mountains, transmitter and your radio can dis-
straight out into the atmosphere. In or other obstructions. These can turb the signal causing static or
addition, they curve around obstruc- result in certain listening conditions fluttering noises to occur. Reducing
tions so that they can provide better which might lead you to believe a the treble level may lessen this
signal coverage. problem exists with your radio. The effect until the disturbance clears.
following conditions are normal and
do not indicate radio trouble:
5 4
Audio system
OJF045311L CAUTION
• Station Swapping - As a FM signal When using a communication
weakens, another more powerful system such as a mobile phone
signal near the same frequency or a radio set inside the vehicle,
may begin to play. This is because a separate external antenna
your radio is designed to lock onto must be fitted. When a mobile
the clearest signal. If this occurs, phone or a radio set is used
select another station with a with an internal antenna alone,
stronger signal. it may interfere with the vehi-
cle's electrical system and
• Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio adversely affect safe operation
signals being received from sever- of the vehicle.
al directions can cause distortion
or fluttering. This can be caused by
a direct and reflected signal from
the same station, or by signals WARNING
from two stations with close fre- Do not use a mobile phone
quencies. If this occurs, select whilst driving. Stop at a safe
another station until the condition location to use a mobile phone.
has passed.
5 5
Audio system
■ Type A ■ Type B
(1) AUDIO button (2) PHONE button (4) POWER button/VOL knob
• Press to display the radio/media mode • Press to start connecting a mobile • Press to turn the system on or off.
selection window. phone via Bluetooth. • Turn to the left or right to adjust the sys-
• When the mode selection window dis- • After a Bluetooth phone connection is tem sound volume.
plays, turn the [TUNE] knob to select made, press to access the Bluetooth
the desired mode and then press the phone menu.
knob. (5) SEEK/TRACK button
• Change the station/track/file.
(3) FAV button
• Whilst listening to the radio, press and
• Whilst listening to the radio, press to hold to search for a station.
move to next page of the preset list.
• Whilst playing media, press and hold to
rewind or fast forward (except for the
Bluetooth audio mode).
❈ The actual features in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
5 6
Audio system
■ Type A ■ Type B
(6) MENU button/CLOCK button (7) TUNE knob/FILE knob/ENTER button (8) Number buttons (1 RPT~ 4 BACK)
• Press to access the menu screen for • Whilst listening to the radio, turn to • Whilst listening to the radio, press to lis-
the current mode. adjust the frequency. ten to a saved radio station.
• Press and hold to access the time • Whilst playing media, turn to search for • Whilst listening to the radio, press and
setup screen. a track/file (except for the Bluetooth hold to save the current radio station to
audio mode). the preset.
• During a search, press to select the • In the USB/Bluetooth audio modes,
current track/file. press the [1 RPT] button to change the
repeat play mode. Press the [2 SHFL]
button to change the shuffle play mode.
• Press the [4 BACK] button to return to
the previous screen (except for the
radio preset list).
❈ The actual features in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
5 7
Audio system
5 8
Audio system
WARNING (Continued)
WARNING
- About driving • Avoid watching the screen - About handling the
whilst driving. Driving whilst system
• Do not operate the system
distracted may lead to a traffic
whilst driving. Driving whilst • Do not disassemble or modify
accident. Stop your vehicle in
distracted may result in a loss the system. Doing so may
a safe location before using
of vehicle control, potentially result in an accident, fire, or
functions that require multiple
leading to an accident, severe electric shock.
operations.
personal injury, or death. The
• Stop your vehicle first before • Do not allow liquids or foreign
driver’s primary responsibility
using your mobile phone. substances to enter the sys-
is the safe and legal operation
Using a mobile phone whilst tem. Liquids or foreign sub-
of a vehicle, and any handheld
driving may lead to a traffic stances may cause noxious
devices, equipment, or vehicle
accident. If necessary, use the fumes, a fire, or a system mal-
systems which divert the dri-
Bluetooth Handsfree feature function.
ver’s attention from this
responsibility should never to make calls and keep the • Stop using the system if it
be used during operation of call as short as possible. malfunctions, such as no
the vehicle. • Keep the volume low enough audio output or display. If you
to hear external sounds. continue using the system
(Continued)
Driving without the ability to when it is malfunctioning, it
hear external sounds may may lead to a fire, electric
lead to a traffic accident. shock, or system failure.
Listening to a loud volume for • Do not touch the antenna dur-
a long time may cause hear- ing thunder or lightning
ing damage. because such an act may
cause electric shock.
5 9
Audio system
5 10
Audio system
CAUTION
You can turn on the system
when the key ignition switch is
placed in the “ACC” or “ON’
position. Using the system for
an extended period without the
engine running drains the bat-
tery. If you plan on using the
system for a long time, start the
engine.
5 11
Audio system
5 12
Audio system
RADIO
Turning on the radio Press the [MENU/CLOCK] button on • Mode popup: Set to display mode
1. On the control panel, press the the control panel to access the fol- selection window when the
[AUDIO] button. lowing menu options: [AUDIO] button is pressed on the
• Autostore: Save radio stations to control panel.
2. When the mode selection window
displays, turn the [TUNE] knob to the preset list.
select the desired radio mode and • Scan: The system searches for ✽ NOTICE
then press the knob. radio stations with strong radio sig- • Depending on vehicle models or
nals and plays each option for specifications, available options
FM/AM Mode about five seconds. may vary.
• Sound Settings: You can change • Depending on the system or ampli-
the settings related to sounds, fier specifications applied to your
such as location where sound will vehicle, available options may
be concentrated and the output vary.
level for each range.
• Date/Time: You can change the
- Position: Select a location date and time that are shown on
where sound will be concentrat- the system display.
(1) Current radio mode ed in the vehicle. Select Fade
(Fader) or Balance, turn the - Set date: Set date to display on
(2) Radio station information [TUNE] knob to select the the system display.
(3) Preset list desired position, and then press - Set time: Set time to display on
the knob. To set sound to be cen- the system display.
tred in the vehicle, select Center. - Time format: Select to display
- Equaliser (Tone): Adjust the out- time in the 12 hour format or the
put level for each sound tone 24 hour format.
mode. - Display (Power Off): Set to dis-
- Speed dependent vol.: Set the play the clock when the system
volume to be adjusted automati- power is off.
cally according to your driving • Language: You can change the
speed. display language.
5 13
Audio system
FM/AM Mode (With RDS) • Mode popup: Set to display mode ✽ NOTICE
selection window when the • Depending on vehicle models or
[AUDIO] button is pressed on the specifications, available options
control panel. may vary.
• Sound Settings: You can change • Depending on the system or ampli-
the settings related to sounds, fier specifications applied to your
such as location where sound will vehicle, available options may
be concentrated and the output vary.
(1) Current radio mode level for each range.
(2) Radio station information - Position: Select a location • Date/Time: You can change the
where sound will be concentrat- date and time that are shown on
(3) Preset list ed in the vehicle. Select Fade the system display.
(Fader) or Balance, turn the - Set date: Set date to display on
Press the [MENU/CLOCK] button on [TUNE] knob to select the the system display.
the control panel to access the fol- desired position, and then press - Set time: Set time to display on
lowing menu options: the knob. To set sound to be cen- the system display.
• Traffic announcement: Activate or tred in the vehicle, select Center.
- Time format: Select to display
deactivate traffic announcements. - Equaliser (Tone): Adjust the out- time in the 12 hour format or the
Announcements and programmes put level for each sound tone 24 hour format.
will be received automatically if mode.
available. - Display (Power Off): Set to dis-
- Speed dependent vol.: Set the play the clock when the system
• Autostore: Save radio stations to volume to be adjusted automati- power is off.
the preset list. cally according to your driving
speed. • Language: You can change the
• Scan: The system searches for display language.
radio stations with strong radio sig-
nals and plays each option for
about five seconds.
5 14
Audio system
Changing the radio mode Scanning for available radio Searching for radio stations
1. On the control panel, press the stations To search for the previous or next
[AUDIO] button. You can listen to each radio station available radio station, press the
2. When the mode selection window for a few seconds to test the recep- ∧ SEEK] button / [TRACK ∨] button
[∧
displays, turn the [TUNE] knob to tion and select the one you want. on the control panel.
select the desired radio mode and 1. From the radio screen, press the • You can also press and hold the
then press the knob. [MENU/CLOCK] button on the ∧ SEEK] button / [TRACK ∨] but-
[∧
• Each time you press the control panel. ton to search for frequencies quick-
[MODE] button on the steering 2. When the option selection window ly. When you release the button, a
wheel, the radio mode switches displays, turn the [TUNE] knob to radio station with a strong signal is
to FM AM in order. select Scan, and then press the selected automatically.
knob. If you know the exact frequency of
✽ NOTICE • The system searches for radio the radio station you want to listen to,
• When the Mode popup is not stations with strong radio sig- turn the [TUNE] knob on the control
selected in [MENU/CLOCK] nals and plays each option for panel to change the frequency.
Mode popup, press the [AUDIO] about 5 seconds.
button on the control panel to 3. When you find the radio station
change the radio mode. you want to listen to, press the
Each time you press the [AUDIO] [TUNE] knob.
button on the control panel, the • You can continue listening to the
radio mode switches to FM AM selected station.
in order.
5 15
Audio system
Saving radio stations Using the auto save function Listening to saved radio sta-
You can save your favourite radio You can search for radio stations in tions
stations and listen to them by select- your area where there is a strong sig- FM/AM Mode
ing them from the preset list. nal. The results of your search can 1. Confirm the preset number for the
be saved to the preset list automati- radio station you want to listen to.
Saving the current radio station cally.
• To view the next page of the pre-
Whilst listening to the radio, press 1. From the radio screen, press the set list, press the [FAV] button.
[MENU/CLOCK] button on the
and hold the desired number button 2. On the control panel, press the
control panel.
on the control panel. desired number button.
2. When the option selection window
• The radio station you are listening displays, turn the [TUNE] knob to • Alternatively, push the Up/Down
to will be added to the selected select Autostore, and then press lever on the steering wheel to
number. the knob. change the station.
• To save the next page of the preset
list, press the [FAV] button.
✽ NOTICE
• You can save up to 12 radio sta-
tions in each mode.
• If a station is already saved to the
selected preset number, the station
will be replaced by the station you
are listening to.
5 16
Audio system
MEDIA PLAYER
Using the media player ✽ NOTICE (Continued)
• To start the media player, press • When the equaliser function of the
You can play music stored in various
the [AUDIO] button on the control connected device and Equaliser
media storage devices, such as USB (Tone) settings of the system are
storage devices, smartphones. panel.
• You can also change the mode by both activated, the effects may
1. Connect a device to the USB port interfere with each other and may
in your vehicle.
press the [MODE] button repeat-
edly on the steering wheel. lead to sound degradation or dis-
• Playback may start immediately • Make sure to connect or discon- tortion. Deactivate the device’s
depending on the device that nect external USB devices with the equaliser function if possible.
you connect to the system. system power turned off.
2. On the control panel, press the • When the Mode popup is not
[AUDIO] button. selected in [MENU/CLOCK]
3. When the mode selection window Mode popup, press the [AUDIO]
displays, turn the [TUNE] knob to button on the control panel to
select the desired mode and then change the media player.
press the knob. Each time you press the [AUDIO]
button on the control panel, the
media mode switches to USB
Bluetooth audio in order.
• Depending on vehicle models and
specifications, available buttons or
the appearance and layout of the
USB port in your vehicle may
vary.
• Do not connect a smartphone or
an MP3 device to the system via
multiple methods such as USB,
Bluetooth, simultaneously. Doing
so may cause a distorted noise or a
system malfunction.
(Continued)
5 17
Audio system
Using the USB mode Press the [MENU/CLOCK] button on • Song information (Media Display):
the control panel to access the fol- Select information such as
You can play media files stored in
lowing menu options: Folder/File or Artist/Title/Album
portable devices, such as USB stor- to display when playing MP3 files.
age devices and MP3 players. Check • List: Access the file list.
compatible USB storage devices and • Folder List: Access the folder list. • Mode popup: Set to display mode
file specifications before using the selection window when the
• Information: Display information [AUDIO] button is pressed on the
USB mode. about the song currently playing. control panel.
• Sound Settings: You can change
Connect your USB device to the the settings related to sounds,
USB port in the vehicle.
✽ NOTICE
such as location where sound will
be concentrated and the output • Depending on vehicle models or
• Playback starts immediately. specifications, available options
level for each range.
• Press the [AUDIO] button on the may vary.
control panel to display the mode - Position: Select a location • Depending on the system or ampli-
selection window, turn the [TUNE] where sound will be concentrat- fier specifications applied to your
knob to select USB and then press ed in the vehicle. Select Fade vehicle, available options may
the knob. (Fader) or Balance, turn the vary.
[TUNE] knob to select the
desired position, and then press
the knob. To set sound to be cen-
tred in the vehicle, select Center.
- Equaliser (Tone): Adjust the out-
put level for each sound tone
mode.
(1) Current file number and total - Speed dependent vol.: Set the
number of files volume to be adjusted automati-
(2) Playback time cally according to your driving
speed.
(3) Information about the song cur-
rently playing
5 18
Audio system
• Date/Time: You can change the Restarting the current playback Playing repeatedly
date and time that are shown on On the control panel, press the On the control panel, press the
the system display. [TRACK ∨] button. [1 RPT] button. The repeat play
- Set date: Set date to display on • You can also push the Down lever mode changes each time you press
the system display. on the steering wheel. it. The corresponding mode icon will
- Set time: Set time to display on be displayed on the screen.
the system display. Playing the previous or next song
- Time format: Select to display To play the previous song, press the Playing in random order
time in the 12 hour format or the On the control panel, press the
[TRACK ∨] button twice on the con-
24 hour format. [2 SHFL] button. The shuffle play
trol panel. To play the next song,
- Display (Power Off): Set to dis- press the [∧∧ SEEK] button on the mode is activated or deactivated
play the clock when the system control panel. each time you press it. When you
power is off. activate the shuffle mode, the corre-
• You can also use the Up/Down
• Language: You can change the lever on the steering wheel. sponding mode icon will be displayed
display language. on the screen.
✽ NOTICE
Rewinding/Fast forwarding Searching folders
Press the [MENU] button on the
On the control panel, press and hold control panel to display the mode 1. On the control panel, press the
∧ SEEK] button / [TRACK ∨]
the [∧ selection window, turn the [TUNE] [MENU/CLOCK] button.
button. knob to find the desired song and 2. When the option selection window
• You can also push and hold the press the knob to play the file. displays, turn the [TUNE] knob to
Up/Down lever on the steering select the Folder List and then
wheel. press the knob.
3. Navigate to the desired folder in
the Folder List and then press the
[TUNE] knob.
• The first song in the selected
folder will be played.
5 19
Audio system
(Continued) ✽ NOTICE
CAUTION
• Do not use a USB device for • When connecting a USB storage
• Start the engine of your vehi- device, do not use an extension
cle before connecting a USB purposes other than playing
files. Using USB accessories cable. Connect it directly to the
device to your system. USB port. If you use a USB hub or
Starting the engine with a USB for charging or heating may
cause poor performance or a an extension cable, the device may
device connected to the sys- not be recognized.
tem may damage the USB system malfunction.
• Fully insert a USB connector into
device. the USB port. Failure to do so may
• Be careful of static electricity cause a communication error.
when connecting or discon- • When you disconnect a USB stor-
necting a USB device. A static age device, a distorted noise may
discharge may cause a sys- occur.
tem malfunction. • The system can play only files
• Be careful not to let your body encoded in a standard format.
or external objects contact the • The following types of USB
USB port. Doing so may cause devices may not be recognised or
an accident or a system mal- work correctly:
function. - Encrypted MP3 players
• Do not connect and discon- - USB devices not recognised as
nect a USB connector repeat- removable disks
edly in a short time. Doing so • A USB device may not be recog-
may cause an error in the nised depending on its condition.
device or a system malfunc- • Some USB devices may be incom-
tion. patible with your system.
• Depending on the USB device’s
(Continued) type, capacity, or the format of
files, USB recognition time may be
longer.
• Image and video playback are not
supported.
5 20
Audio system
BLUETOOTH
Connecting Bluetooth devices ✽ NOTICE (Continued)
• On your system, you can use only 3. Remove the battery from the
Bluetooth is a short-range wireless
Bluetooth Handsfree and Audio device and reinstall it. Then,
networking technology. Via turn the device on and recon-
Bluetooth, you can connect nearby features. Connect a mobile device
that supports both features. nect it.
mobile devices wirelessly to send 4. Unregister the Bluetooth pair-
and receive data between connected • Some Bluetooth devices may cause
malfunctions to the audio system ing on both the system and the
devices. This enables you to use device and then re-register and
your devices effectively. or make interference noises. In
this case, storing the device in a connect them.
To use Bluetooth, you must first con- different location may resolve the • The Bluetooth connection is
nect a Bluetooth-enabled device to problem. unavailable when the device’s
your system, such as a mobile phone • Depending on the connected Bluetooth function is turned off.
or an MP3 player. Ensure that the Bluetooth device or mobile phone, Be sure to turn on the device’s
device you want to connect supports some functions may not be sup- Bluetooth function.
Bluetooth. ported. For Bluetooth supporting
devices details and compatibility,
WARNING visit http://kiaeurope.nextgen-
technology.net.
• Park your vehicle in a safe • If the system is not stable due to a
location before connecting vehicle-Bluetooth device commu-
Bluetooth devices. Distracted nication error, delete the paired
driving can cause a traffic devices and connect the Bluetooth
accident and lead to personal devices again.
injury or death. • If Bluetooth connection is not sta-
ble, follow these steps to try again.
1. Deactivate Bluetooth and reac-
tivate it on the device. Then,
reconnect the device.
2. Turn the device off and on.
Then, reconnect it.
(Continued)
5 21
Audio system
5 23
Audio system
Deleting paired devices Using a Bluetooth audio 1. Press the [MENU/CLOCK] button
If you no longer want a Bluetooth device on the control panel to access the
device paired or if you want to con- following menu options.
You can listen to music stored in the
nect a new device when the connected Bluetooth audio device 2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select
Bluetooth device list is full, delete via your vehicle’s speakers. option and then press the knob.
paired devices. • Mode popup: Set to display
1. From the control panel, press the 1. On the control panel, press the mode selection window when
[PHONE] button, and then select [AUDIO] button. the [AUDIO] button is pressed
Phone Delete devices. on the control panel.
2. When the mode selection window
2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select the displays, turn the [TUNE] knob to • Sound Settings: You can
device to delete, and then press select Bluetooth audio and then change the settings related to
the knob. press the knob. sounds, such as location where
sound will be concentrated and
3. Press the [1 RPT] button to select
the output level for each range.
Yes.
- Position: Select a location
where sound will be concen-
✽ NOTICE trated in the vehicle. Select
• When you delete a paired device, Fade (Fader) or Balance, turn
the Call history and Contacts the [TUNE] knob to select the
stored in the system are also delet- desired position, and then
ed. (1) Information about the song cur- press the knob. To set sound
• To re-use a deleted device, you rently playing to be centred in the vehicle,
must pair the device again. select Center.
- Equaliser (Tone): Adjust the
output level for each sound
tone mode.
- Speed dependent vol.: Set
the volume to be adjusted
automatically according to
your driving speed.
5 24
Audio system
5 25
Audio system
5 26
Audio system
5 27
Audio system
5 28
Audio system
5 29
Audio system
5 30
Audio system
✽ NOTICE
• If the caller information is saved
in your contacts list, the caller’s
name and phone number will be
To switch the call to your mobile displayed. If the caller informa-
phone, press the [1 RPT] button on tion is not saved in your contacts
the control panel. list, only the caller’s phone num-
• Alternatively, press and hold the ber will be displayed.
Call/Answer button on the steering • You cannot switch to any other
wheel. screen, such as the audio screen or
the settings screen, during a
Bluetooth call.
To end the call, press the [2 SHFL] • Depending on the mobile phone
button on the control panel. type, call quality may vary. On
• Alternatively, press the Call end some phones, your voice may be
button on the steering wheel. less audible to the other party.
• Depending on the mobile phone
type, the phone number may not
be displayed.
• Depending on the mobile phone
type, the call switching function
may not be supported.
5 31
Audio system
Signal strength
Icon Description
5 32
Audio system
5 33
Audio system
5 34
Audio system
TRADEMARKS
Other trademarks and trade names are those of their
respective owners.
5 35
Audio system
DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY
CE RED For EU RoHS for Taiwan
5 36
Audio system
FCC
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15
of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a resi-
dential installation.
This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance
with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that
interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or tel-
evision reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to cor-
rect the interference by one or more of the following measures:
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This
device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including inter-
ference that may cause undesired operation.
Caution: Any changes or modifications to this device not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance
could void your authority to operate the equipment.
This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum 20 cm between the radiator and your body. This trans-
mitter must not be collocated or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter unless authorised to
do so by the FCC.
5 37
Audio system
5 38
Driving your vehicle
Before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 • All Wheel Drive (AWD) transfer mode selection . . . 6-34
• Before entering vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 • For safe all wheel drive operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35
• Necessary inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 • Reducing the risk of a rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38
• Before starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Brake system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40
Key positions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 • Power brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40
• Illuminated ignition switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 • Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42
• Ignition switch position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 • Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-44
• Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9 • AUTO HOLD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-51
• Stopping the petrol engine/diesel engine • Anti-lock Brake System (ABS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54
(Manual Transaxle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11 • Electronic Stability Control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-56
Engine start/stop button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12 • Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-60
• Illuminated engine start/stop button . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12 • Hill-start Assist Control (HAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-62
• Engine start/stop button position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12 • Trailer Stability Assist (TSA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-62
• Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15 • Good braking practices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-63
• Stopping the petrol engine/diesel engine Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) . . . . . 6-65 6
(Manual Transaxle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18 • System setting and activation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-65
Manual transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19 • FCA warning message and system control . . . . . . . . 6-67
• Manual transaxle operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19 • Brake operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-68
• Good driving practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22 • Sensor to detect the distance from the vehicle in front
Automatic transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24 (front radar). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-69
• Automatic transaxle operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24 • System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-71
• Good driving practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30 • Limitation of the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-72
• Recognizing pedestrians . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-75
All Wheel Drive (AWD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32
• Downhill Brake Control (DBC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-77
• Tight corner brake effect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33
• Good braking practices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-79
Cruise control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-80 • LKA system function change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-117
• Cruise control switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-81 Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW). . . . . . . . . 6-118
• To set cruise control speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-81 • BCW (Blind-Spot Collision Warning) . . . . . . . . . . . 6-119
• To increase cruise control set speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-83 • RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning) . . . 6-122
• To decrease the cruising speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-83 • Driver's attention. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-125
• To temporarily accelerate with the cruise control on . . 6-84 Driver Attention Warning (DAW). . . . . . . . . . . . 6-127
• To cancel cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-84 • System setting and activation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-127
• To resume cruising speed at more than approximately • Resetting the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-129
30 km/h (20 mph) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-85 • System disabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-129
• To turn cruise control off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-85 • System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-129
Manual speed limit assist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-86 Economical operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-132
• To set speed limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-86 Special driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-134
• To turn off the Manual Speed Limit Assist. . . . . . . . 6-88 • Hazardous driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-134
Smart cruise control with stop & go system . . . . 6-89 • Reducing the risk of a rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-134
6 • Speed setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-91 • Rocking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-135
• Vehicle to vehicle distance setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-96 • Smooth cornering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-136
• To adjust the sensitivity of smart cruise control . . . 6-100 • Driving at night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-137
• To convert to cruise control mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-101 • Driving in the rain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-137
• Limitations of the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-101 • Driving in flooded areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-138
Drive mode integrated control system . . . . . . . . 6-107 • Driving off-road. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-138
• DRIVE mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-107 • Highway driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-138
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system . . . . . . . . . . 6-109 Winter driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-140
• LKA system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-111 • Snowy or Icy conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-140
• LKA system malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-114 • Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant . . . . . . . . . 6-143
• Driver's attention. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-116 • Check battery and cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-143
• Change to "winter weight" oil if necessary . . . . . . 6-143
• Check spark plugs and ignition system. . . . . . . . . . 6-143
• To keep locks from freezing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-143
• Use approved window washer anti-freeze
in system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-143
• Don't let your parking brake freeze . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-144
• Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath . . . 6-144
• Carry emergency equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-144
Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-145
• Hitches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-147
• Safety chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-147
• Trailer brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-148
• Driving with a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-148
• Maintenance when trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-152
• If you do decide to pull a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-152 6
Vehicle weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-157
• Base kerb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-157
• Vehicle kerb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-157
• Cargo weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-157
• GAW (Gross axle weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-157
• GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-157
• GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-157
• GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) . . . . . . . . . . 6-157
• Overloading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-157
• Loading Your Vehicle - For Australia . . . . . . . . . . . 6-158
Driving your vehicle
6 4
Driving your vehicle
BEFORE DRIVING
Before entering vehicle Necessary inspections Before starting
• Be sure that all windows, outside Fluid levels, such as engine oil, • Close and lock all doors.
mirror(s), and outside lights are engine coolant, brake fluid, and • Position the seat so that all con-
clean. washer fluid should be checked on a trols are easily reached.
• Check the condition of the tyres. regular basis, with the exact interval
depending on the fluid. Further • Adjust the inside and outside
• Check under the vehicle for any details are provided in chapter 8, rearview mirrors.
sign of leaks. “Maintenance”. • Be sure that all lights work.
• Be sure there are no obstacles • Check all gauges.
behind you if you intend to back up.
WARNING • Check the operation of warning
Driving whilst distracted can lights when the ignition switch is
result in a loss of vehicle con- turned to the ON position.
trol, that may lead to an accident, • Release the parking brake and
severe personal injury, and make sure the brake warning light
death. The driver’s primary goes out.
responsibility is in the safe and For safe operation, be sure you are
legal operation of a vehicle, and familiar with your vehicle and its
use of any handheld devices, equipment.
other equipment, or vehicle sys-
tems which take the driver’s
eyes, attention and focus away
from the safe operation of a vehi-
cle or which are not permissible
by law should never be used
during operation of the vehicle.
6 5
Driving your vehicle
6 6
Driving your vehicle
KEY POSITIONS
Illuminated ignition switch Ignition switch position ACC (Accessory)
■ Type A LOCK The steering wheel is unlocked and
■ Type A
electrical accessories are operative.
✽ NOTICE
If difficulty is experienced turning
the ignition switch to the ACC posi-
tion, turn the key whilst turning the
steering wheel right and left to
release the tension.
OQL055065
■ Type B OQL055066
■ Type B
OQLE055065
OQLE055066
Whenever a front door is opened, the
ignition switch will be illuminated for The steering wheel locks to protect
your convenience, provided the igni- against theft. The ignition key can be
tion switch is not in the ON position. removed only in the LOCK position.
The light will go off immediately
when the ignition switch is turned on
or go off after about 30 seconds
when the door is closed.
6 7
Driving your vehicle
ON (Continued)
The warning lights can be checked WARNING - Ignition key
• Never turn the ignition switch • Never reach for the ignition
before the engine is started. This is switch, or any other controls
the normal running position after the to LOCK or ACC whilst the
vehicle is moving. This would through the steering wheel
engine is started. whilst the vehicle is in motion.
Do not leave the ignition switch ON if result in loss of directional
control and braking function, The presence of your hand or
the engine is not running to prevent arm in this area could cause a
battery discharge. which could cause an accident.
loss of vehicle control, an
• The anti-theft steering column accident and serious bodily
lock (if equipped) is not a sub- injury or death.
START stitute for the parking brake.
Turn the ignition key to the START Before leaving the driver’s • Do not place any movable
position to start the engine. The seat, always make sure the objects around the driver’s
engine will crank until you release shift lever is engaged in 1st seat as they may move whilst
the key; then it returns to the ON gear for the manual transaxle driving, interfere with the driv-
position. The brake warning lamp or P (Park) for the automatic er and lead to an accident.
can be checked in this position. transaxle, set the parking
brake fully and shut the
engine off. Unexpected and
sudden vehicle movement
may occur if these precau-
tions are not taken.
(Continued)
6 8
Driving your vehicle
Starting the engine ✽ NOTICE - Kick down Starting the petrol engine
mechanism 1. Make sure the parking brake is
WARNING Use the kick down mechanism for applied.
• Always wear appropriate maximum acceleration. Depress the 2. Manual Transaxle - Depress the
shoes when operating your accelerator pedal beyond the pres- clutch pedal fully and shift the
vehicle. Unsuitable shoes sure point. The automatic transmis- transaxle into Neutral. Keep the
(high heels, ski boots,etc.) may sion will shift to a lower gear clutch pedal and brake pedal
interfere with your ability to depending on the engine speed. depressed whilst turning the igni-
use the brake and accelerator tion switch to the start position.
pedal, and clutch (if equipped). Automatic Transaxle - Place the
• Do not start the vehicle with transaxle shift lever in P (Park).
the accelerator pedal Depress the brake pedal fully.
depressed. The vehicle can You can also start the engine
move and lead to an accident. when the shift lever is in the N
• Wait until the engine rpm is nor- (Neutral) position.
mal. The vehicle may suddenly 3. Turn the ignition switch to START
move if the brake padel is and hold it there until the engine
released when the rpm is high. starts (a maximum of 10 sec-
onds), then release the key.
It should be started without
depressing the accelerator pedal.
4. Do not wait for the engine to warm
up whilst the vehicle remains sta-
tionary.
Start driving at moderate engine
speeds. (Steep accelerating and
decelerating should be avoided.)
6 9
Driving your vehicle
6 10
Driving your vehicle
✽ NOTICE Starting and stopping the engine for Stopping the petrol engine/
If the engine does not start within 10 turbocharger intercooler diesel engine
seconds after the preheating is com- 1. Do not race or accelerate the (Manual Transaxle)
pleted, turn the ignition key once engine immediately after starting. 1. Make sure the vehicle is completely
more to the LOCK position for 10 If the engine is cold, idle for sever- stopped and keep the clutch pedal
seconds, and then to the ON posi- al seconds before sufficient lubri- and brake pedal depressed.
tion, in order to preheat again. cation is ensured in the tur- 2. Shift the transaxle into Neutral
bocharger unit. whilst depressing the clutch pedal
2. After high speed or extended driv- and brake pedal.
ing, requiring a heavy engine load, 3. Engage the parking brake whilst
run the engine on idle condition depressing the brake pedal.
about 1 minute before turning it off.
4. Turn the ignition key to the LOCK
This idle time will allow the tur- position and remove it.
bocharger to cool prior to shutting
the engine off.
CAUTION
Do not turn off the engine imme-
diately after it has been subject-
ed to a heavy load. Doing so
may cause severe damage to
the engine or turbo charger unit.
6 11
Driving your vehicle
6 12
Driving your vehicle
✽ NOTICE ACC(Accessory) ON
If the steering wheel doesn't unlock
properly, the engine start/stop but-
ton will not work. Press the engine
start/stop button whilst turning the
Amber Super red
steering wheel right and left to
release the tension.
With manual transaxle With manual transaxle
Press the engine start/stop button Press the engine start/stop button
CAUTION when the button is in the OFF position when the button is in the ACC position
You are able to turn off the without depressing the clutch pedal. without depressing the clutch pedal.
engine (START/RUN) or vehicle
power (ON), only when the vehi- With automatic transaxle With automatic transaxle
cle is not in motion. In an emer-
gency situation whilst the vehi- Press the engine start/stop button Press the engine start/stop button
cle is in motion, you are able to whilst it is in the OFF position without whilst it is in the ACC position without
turn the engine off and to the depressing the brake pedal. depressing the brake pedal.
ACC position by pressing the
engine start/stop button for The steering wheel unlocks (if The warning lights can be checked
more than 2 seconds or 3 times equipped with anti-theft steering col- before the engine is started. Do not
successively within 3 seconds. umn lock) and electrical accessories leave the engine start/stop button in
If the vehicle is still moving, you are operational. the ON position for a long time. The
can restart the engine without If the engine start/stop button is in the battery may discharge, because the
depressing the brake pedal by ACC position for more than 1 hour, engine is not running.
pressing the engine start/stop the button is turned off automatically
button with the shift lever in the to prevent battery discharge.
N (Neutral) position.
6 13
Driving your vehicle
START/RUN ✽ NOTICE
If you press the engine start/stop WARNING
button without depressing the clutch • Never press the engine
pedal for manual transaxle vehicles start/stop button whilst the
or without depressing the brake vehicle is in motion.This would
Not illuminated pedal for automatic transaxle vehi- result in loss of directional
cles, the engine will not start and the control and braking function,
With manual transaxle engine start/stop button changes as which could cause an accident.
To start the engine, depress the follow: • The anti-theft steering column
clutch pedal and brake pedal, then OFF ➔ACC ➔ ON ➔ OFF or ACC lock (if equipped) is not a sub-
press the engine start/stop button stitute for the parking brake.
with the shift lever in the N (Neutral) ✽ NOTICE Before leaving the driver's
position. seat, always make sure the
If you leave the engine start/stop
button in the ACC or ON position shift lever is engaged in P
With automatic transaxle for a long time, the battery will dis- (Park), set the parking brake
To start the engine, depress the charge. fully and shut the engine off.
brake pedal and press the engine Unexpected and sudden vehi-
start/stop button with the shift lever in cle movement may occur if
the P (Park) or the N (Neutral) posi- these precautions are not
tion. For your safety, start the engine taken.
with the shift lever in the P (Park) (Continued)
position.
6 14
Driving your vehicle
6 15
Driving your vehicle
6 16
Driving your vehicle
Starting and stopping the engine for • Even if the smart key is in the vehi-
turbocharger intercooler cle, if it is far away from you, the WARNING
1. Do not race or accelerate the engine may not start. The engine will start, only when
engine immediately after starting. • When the engine start/stop button the smart key is in the vehicle.
If the engine is cold, idle for sever- is in the ACC position or above, if Never allow children or any per-
al seconds before sufficient lubri- any door is opened, the system son who is unfamiliar with the
cation is ensured in the tur- checks for the smart key. If the vehicle touch the engine
bocharger unit. smart key is not in the vehicle, a start/stop button or related
message “Key is not in the vehicle” parts.
2. After high speed or extended driv-
will appear on the LCD display. And
ing, requiring a heavy engine load,
if all doors are closed, the chime
idle the engine about 1 minute
will sound for 5 seconds. The indi-
before turning it off. CAUTION
cator or warning will turn off whilst
This idle time will allow the tur- the vehicle is moving. Always have If the engine stalls whilst the
bocharger to cool prior to shutting the smart key with you. vehicle is in motion, do not
the engine off. attempt to move the shift lever
to the P (Park) position. If the
CAUTION traffic and road conditions per-
Do not turn the engine off imme- mit, you may put the shift lever
diately after it has been subject- in the N (Neutral) position whilst
ed to a heavy load. Doing so the vehicle is still moving and
may cause severe damage to press the engine start/stop but-
the engine or turbocharger unit. ton in an attempt to restart the
engine.
6 17
Driving your vehicle
6 18
Driving your vehicle
6 19
Driving your vehicle
6 20
Driving your vehicle
6 21
Driving your vehicle
6 22
Driving your vehicle
WARNING (Continued)
• Always buckle-up! In a colli- • In the event your vehicle
sion, an unbelted occupant is leaves the roadway, do not
significantly more likely to be steer sharply. Instead, slow
seriously injured or killed down before pulling back into
than a properly belted occu- the travel lanes.
pant. • Never exceed posted speed
• Avoid high speeds when cor- limits.
nering or turning.
• Do not make quick steering
wheel movements, such as
sharp lane changes or fast,
sharp turns.
• The risk of rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control
of your vehicle at highway
speeds.
• Loss of control often occurs if
two or more wheels drop off
the roadway and the driver
oversteers to reenter the road-
way.
(Continued)
6 23
Driving your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
The first few shifts on a new vehicle,
if the battery has been disconnected,
may be somewhat abrupt. This is a
normal condition, and the shifting
sequence will adjust after shifts are
cycled a few times by the TCM
(Transaxle Control Module) or
PCM (Powertrain Control Module).
Depress the brake pedal and the lock release button when shifting.
(If the shift lock system is not equipped, it is not necessary to depress the brake pedal.
However, it is recommended to depress the brake pedal to avoid inadvertent movement
of the vehicle.)
Press the lock release button when shifting.
The shift lever can be shifted freely.
6 24
Driving your vehicle
6 25
Driving your vehicle
6 26
Driving your vehicle
D (Drive)
CAUTION This is the normal forward driving
• With the exception of parking position. The transaxle will automati-
in neutral gear, always park the cally shift through a 6-gear sequence,
vehicle in [P] (Park) for safety providing the best fuel economy and
and engage the parking brake. power.
• Before parking in [N] (Neutral)
gear, first make sure the park- For extra power when passing anoth-
ing ground is level and flat. Do er vehicle or climbing grades,
not park in [N] gear on any depress the accelerator pedal fully
slopes or gradients. (more than 82%) until the kick down
If parked and left in [N], the OQL055009R
mechanism (if equipped) works with
vehicle may move and cause a clicking noise, at which time the Manual mode
serious damage and injury. transaxle will automatically downshift Whether the vehicle is stationary or
• After the ignition switch has to the next lower gear. in motion, manual mode is selected
been turned off, the electronic by pushing the shift lever from the D
parking brake cannot be dis- (Drive) position into the manual gate.
engaged.
✽ NOTICE To return to D (Drive) range opera-
• Always come to a complete stop tion, push the shift lever back into the
• For EPB (Electronic Parking before shifting into D (Drive).
Brake) equipped vehicles with main gate.
• A clicking noise heard from the
[AUTO HOLD] function used kick down mechanism by depress-
whilst driving, if the ignition In manual mode, moving the shift
ing the accelerator pedal fully is a lever backwards and forwards will
button has been turned [OFF], normal condition.
the electronic parking brake allow you to make gearshifts rapidly.
will be engaged automatically. Up (+) : Push the lever forward
Therefore, [AUTO HOLD] func- once to shift up one gear.
tion should be turned off before Down (-) : Pull the lever backwards
the ignition button is turned off. once to shift down one
gear.
6 27
Driving your vehicle
6 28
Driving your vehicle
With the shift lever in the D position Shift lock system (if equipped)
The paddle shifter will operate when For your safety, the automatic
the vehicle speed is more than transaxle has a shift lock system
10km/h. which prevents shifting the transaxle
Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once from P (Park) into R (Reverse)
to shift up or down one gear and the unless the brake pedal is depressed.
system changes from automatic To shift the transaxle from P (Park)
mode to manual mode. into R (Reverse):
When the vehicle speed is lower than 1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
10km/h, if you depress the accelera- 2. Start the engine or turn the ignition
tor pedal for more than 5 seconds or switch to the ON position. OQL058008R
if you shift the shift lever from D
(Drive) to manual mode and shift it 3. Move the shift lever. Shift-lock override
from manual mode to D (Drive) If the brake pedal is repeatedly If the shift lever cannot be moved
again, the system changes from depressed and released with the from the P (Park) position into R
manual mode to automatic mode. shift lever in the P (Park) position, a (Reverse) position with the brake
chattering noise & vibration near the pedal depressed, continue depress-
shift lever may be heard. This is a ing the brake, then do the following:
With the shift lever in the manual mode
normal condition.
Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once 1. Place the ignition switch in the
to shift up or down one gear. LOCK/OFF position.
WARNING 2. Apply the parking brake.
✽ NOTICE Always fully depress the brake 3. Carefully remove the cap (1) cov-
pedal before and whilst shifting ering the shift-lock release access
If you pull the [+] and [-] paddle out of the P (Park) position into
shifters at the same time, you cannot hole.
another position to avoid inad- 4. Insert a tool (e.g. flathead screw-
shift the gear. vertent motion of the vehicle driver) into the access hole and
which could injure persons in press down on the tool.
or around the vehicle.
6 29
Driving your vehicle
5. Move the shift lever. Good driving practices • Always use the parking brake. Do
6. Remove the tool from the shiftlock • Never move the shift lever from P not depend on placing the
override access hole then install (Park) or N (Neutral) to any other transaxle in P (Park) to keep the
the cap. position with the accelerator pedal vehicle from moving.
7. Have the system inspected by a depressed. • Exercise extreme caution when
professional workshop. Kia recom- • Never move the shift lever into P driving on a slippery surface. Be
mends to visit an authorised Kia (Park) when the vehicle is in motion. especially careful when braking,
dealer/service partner. accelerating or shifting gears. On a
• Be sure the vehicle is completely slippery surface, an abrupt change
stopped before you attempt to shift in vehicle speed can cause the
Ignition key interlock system into R (Reverse) or D (Drive). drive wheels to lose traction and
(if equipped) • Never take the vehicle out of gear the vehicle to go out of control.
The ignition key cannot be removed and coast down a hill. This may be • Optimum vehicle performance and
unless the shift lever is in the P extremely hazardous. Always leave economy is obtained by smoothly
(Park) position. the vehicle in gear when moving. depressing and releasing the
• Do not "ride" the brakes. This can accelerator pedal.
cause them to overheat and mal-
function. Instead, when you are
driving down a long hill, slow down
and shift to a lower gear. When you
do this, engine braking will help
slow down the vehicle.
• Slow down before shifting to a
lower gear. Otherwise, the lower
gear may not be engaged.
6 30
Driving your vehicle
6 31
Driving your vehicle
OQL055060R
6 32
Driving your vehicle
6 33
Driving your vehicle
• The main goal of AWD Lock mode is to allow a driver to maximize the
vehicle’s traction under extreme driving conditions such as unpaved
off-road, sandy roads, and muddy roads.
• AWD Lock mode is in operation only when a vehicle travels at
AWD LOCK 60km/h or less. When travelling at 60km/h or faster, the mode will
switch to AWD Auto.
(Indicator light is • When AWD Lock mode illuminates, the cluster does not display the
illuminated) front/rear wheel traction force distribution status.
• Press the AWD Lock mode switch again to switch back to AWD Auto.
✽ NOTICE
• Maintain AWD Auto mode when driving on roads in normal conditions.
• When driving under normal road conditions (especially when cornering) in AWD Lock mode, a driver may find
minor mechanical vibration or noise, which is extremely normal phenomenon, not a malfunction. When AWD
Lock mode is released, such noise or vibration will be immediately gone.
6 34
Driving your vehicle
6 35
Driving your vehicle
6 36
Driving your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
WARNING - AWD driving CAUTION - Mud or snow
• Do not drive in water if the level is
higher than the bottom of the vehi- • Avoid high cornering speed. If one of the front or rear wheels
cle. • Do not make quick steering begins to spin in mud, snow,
• Check your brake condition once wheel movements, such as etc. the vehicle can sometimes
you are out of mud or water. Press sharp lane changes or fast, be driven out by depressing the
the brake pedal several times as sharp turns. accelerator pedal further; how-
you move slowly until you feel nor- ever avoid running the engine
• The risk of rollover is greatly continuously at high rpm
mal braking forces return. increased if you lose control
• Shorten your scheduled mainte- because doing so could dam-
of your vehicle at high speed. age the AWD system.
nance interval if you drive in off-
road conditions such as sand, mud • In a collision, an unbelted per-
or water (see “Maintenance under son is significantly more like-
severe usage conditions” in section ly to die compared to a person
8). Always wash your vehicle thor- wearing a seat belt.
oughly after off-road use, especially • Loss of control often occurs if
cleaning the bottom of the vehicle. two or more wheels drop off
• Since the driving torque is always the roadway and the driver
applied to the 4 wheels the per- over-steers to re-enter the
formance of the AWD vehicle is roadway. In the event your
greatly affected by the condition of vehicle leaves the roadway, do
the tyres. Be sure to equip the not steer sharply. Instead,
vehicle with four tyres of the same slow down before pulling
size and type. back into the travel lanes.
• A full time all wheel drive vehicle
cannot be towed by an ordinary
tow truck. Make sure that the
vehicle is placed on a flat bed
truck for moving.
6 37
Driving your vehicle
6 38
Driving your vehicle
6 39
Driving your vehicle
BRAKE SYSTEM
Power brakes (Continued)
Your vehicle has power-assisted
WARNING - Brakes
• Do not drive with your foot Always test your brakes in
brakes that adjust automatically this fashion after driving
through normal usage. resting on the brake pedal.
This will create abnormal high through deep water. To dry the
In the event that the power-assisted brakes, apply them lightly
brake temperatures, excessive
brakes lose power because of a whilst maintaining a safe for-
brake lining and pad wear, and
stalled engine or some other reason, ward speed until brake per-
increased stopping distances.
you can still stop your vehicle by formance returns to normal.
applying greater force to the brake • When descending a long or
steep hill, shift to a lower gear • Always, confirm the position
pedal than you normally would. The of the brake and accelerator
stopping distance, however, will be and avoid continuous applica-
tion of the brakes. Continuous pedal before driving. If you
longer. don’t check the position of the
brake application will cause
When the engine is not running, the accelerator and brake pedal
the brakes to overheat and
reserve brake power is partially before driving, you may
could result in a temporary
depleted each time the brake pedal depress the accelerator
loss of braking performance.
is applied. Do not pump the brake instead of the brake pedal. It
pedal when the power assist has • Wet brakes may impair the may cause a serious accident.
been interrupted. vehicle’s ability to safely slow
down; the vehicle may also
Pump the brake pedal only when
pull to one side when the
necessary to maintain steering con-
brakes are applied. Applying
trol on slippery surfaces.
the brakes lightly will indicate
whether they have been
affected in this way.
(Continued)
6 40
Driving your vehicle
6 41
Driving your vehicle
Parking brake
CAUTION
Applying the parking brake
• Driving with the parking brake
applied will cause excessive
brake pad (or lining) and
brake rotor wear.
• Do not operate the parking
brake whilst the vehicle is
moving except in an emer-
gency situation. It could dam-
age the vehicle system and
OQL076011R make endanger driving safety.
Hand type
OQL058013R To engage the parking brake, first
apply the foot brake and then pull up
Foot type
the parking brake lever as far as pos-
To engage the parking brake, first sible.
apply the foot brake and then
In addition it is recommended that
depress the parking brake pedal
when parking the vehicle on an
down as far as possible.
incline, the shift lever should be in a
low gear on manual transaxle vehi-
cles or in the P (Park) position on
Automatic Transaxle vehicles.
6 42
Driving your vehicle
6 43
Driving your vehicle
WK-23_TF
6 44
Driving your vehicle
6 45
Driving your vehicle
6 46
Driving your vehicle
System warning
WARNING CAUTION
• To prevent unintentional • A click sound may be heard
movement when stopped and whilst operating or releasing
leaving the vehicle, do not use the EPB, but these conditions
the shift lever in place of the are normal and indicate that the
parking brake. Set the parking EPB is functioning properly.
brake and make sure the shift • When leaving your keys with a
lever is securely positioned in parking lot attendant or valet,
P (Park). make sure to inform him/her
• Never allow anyone who is how to operate the EPB.
unfamiliar with the vehicle to • The EPB may malfunction if
OJF058249R
touch the parking brake. If the you drive with the EPB applied.
parking brake is released • When you automatically
• If you try to drive off depressing the unintentionally, serious injury
accelerator pedal with the EPB release EPB by depressing
may occur. the accelerator pedal, depress
applied, but doesn't release auto-
• All vehicles should always it slowly.
matically, a warning will sound and
have the parking brake fully
a message will appear.
engaged when parking to
• If the driver's seat belt is not fas- avoid inadvertent movement
tened and the engine bonnet or of the car which can injure
tailgate is opened, a warning will occupants or pedestrians.
sound and a message will appear.
• If there is a problem with the vehi-
cle, a warning may sound and a
message may appear.
If the above situation occurs,
depress the brake pedal and release
EPB by pressing the EPB switch.
6 47
Driving your vehicle
OJF058374R OJF058376R
■ Type B ■ Type B
OJF058375R OJF058377R
When the conversion from Auto Hold If the EPB is applied whilst Auto Hold
to EPB is not working properly a is activated because of ESC
warning will sound and a message (Electronic Stability Control) signal, a
will appear. warning will sound and a message
will appear.
6 48
Driving your vehicle
6 49
Driving your vehicle
6 50
Driving your vehicle
OQL058019R
6 51
Driving your vehicle
6 52
Driving your vehicle
(Continued) ■ Type A
In these cases, the brake warning WARNING
light comes on, the AUTO HOLD • Press the accelerator pedal
indicator changes from green to slowly when you start the
white, and a warning sounds and a vehicle.
message will appear to inform you • For your safety, cancel the
that EPB has been automatically Auto Hold when you drive
engaged. Before driving off again, downhill or back up the vehi-
press foot brake pedal, check the cle or park the vehicle. OJF058378R
surrounding area near your vehi- ■ Type B
cle and release parking brake
manually with the EPB switch.
• If the AUTO HOLD indicator CAUTION
lights up yellow, the Auto Hold is If there is a malfunction with the
not working properly. In this case, driver’s door, engine bonnet
have your vehicle inspected by a open detection system, the Auto
professional workshop. Kia rec- Hold may not work properly.
ommends to contact an authorised In this case, have your vehicle
Kia dealer/service partner. inspected by a professional OJF058379R
• Whilst operating Auto Hold, you workshop. Kia recommends to AUTO HOLD conditions not met.
may heard mechanical noise. contact an authorised Kia deal- Close door, hood, and trunk
However, it is normal operation er/service partner.
noise. When you press the [AUTO HOLD]
switch, if the driver’s door, engine
bonnet are not closed or the driver’s
seat belt is unfastened, a warning will
sound and a message will appear on
the LCD display. At this moment,
press the [AUTO HOLD] button after
closing the driver’s door, engine bon-
net and fastening the seat belt.
6 53
Driving your vehicle
6 54
Driving your vehicle
6 55
Driving your vehicle
6 56
Driving your vehicle
6 57
Driving your vehicle
6 58
Driving your vehicle
Indicator light
CAUTION
■ ESC indicator light Driving with varying tyre or
wheel sizes may cause the ESC
system to malfunction. When
replacing tyres, make sure they
are the same size as your origi-
■ ESC OFF indicator light nal tyres.
WARNING
OQL058252L The Electronic Stability Control
• ESC off state 2 When ignition switch is turned to ON, system is only a driving aid; use
To cancel ESC operation, Select the the indicator light illuminates, then precautions for safe driving by
ECS OFF (TCS OFF) in the user set- goes off if the ESC system is operat- slowing down on curved,
tings. ESC OFF indicator light (ESC ing normally. snowy, or icy roads. Drive slow-
OFF ) illuminates. At this state, the The ESC indicator light blinks when- ly and don’t attempt to acceler-
engine control function and brake ever ESC is operating or illuminates ate whenever the ESC indicator
control function do not operate. It when ESC fails to operate. light is blinking, or when the
means the car stability control func- road surface is slippery.
ESC OFF indicator light comes on
tion does not operate any more. when the select the ESC OFF/ ESC
OFF(TCS OFF) in the User Settings.
6 59
Driving your vehicle
6 60
Driving your vehicle
6 61
Driving your vehicle
Hill-start assist control (HAC) Trailer stability assist (TSA) Trailer stability assist system contin-
(if equipped) (if equipped) uously analyzes the vehicle and trail-
er instability. When the Trailer stabili-
A vehicle has the tendency to slip Trailer stability assist is operated as
ty assist system detects some sway,
back on a steep hill when it starts to vehicle stability control system.
the brakes are applied automatically
go after stopping. The Hill-start Trailer stability assist system has an
to stabilize the vehicle on the front
Assist Control (HAC) prevents the effort to stabilize the vehicle and trail-
wheel. However, if it is not enough to
vehicle from slipping back by operat- er when the trailer sways or oscil-
stabilize, the brakes are applied on
ing the brakes automatically for lates. There are various reasons
all wheels automatically and engine
about 1~2 seconds. The brakes are making vehicle sway and oscillate.
power is properly reduced. When the
released when the accelerator pedal Almost case it happens at high
vehicle is stable from swaying, trailer
is depressed or after about 1~2 sec- speed however, if the trailer is affect-
stability assist system does not oper-
onds. ed by crosswinds, buffeting, and
ate.
improper overloading, it may be a
risk of swaying.
WARNING
The HAC is activated only for
about 1~2 seconds, so when the Factors of swaying such as:
vehicle is starting off always - High speed
depress the accelerator pedal. - Strong crosswinds
- Improper overloading
✽ NOTICE - Sudden controlling of steering
• The HAC does not operate when wheel
the transaxle shift lever is in the P - Uneven road
(Park) or N (Neutral) position.
• The HAC activates even though
the ESC is off but it does not acti-
vate when the ESC has malfunc-
tioned.
6 62
Driving your vehicle
Good braking practices • Check to be sure the parking brake • Do not "ride" the brake pedal.
is not engaged and that the park- Resting your foot on the brake
ing brake indicator light is out pedal whilst driving can be danger-
WARNING before driving away. ous because it can result in the
• Whenever you leave or park • Driving through water may get the brakes overheating and losing their
your vehicle, always set the brakes wet. They can also get wet effectiveness. It also increases the
parking brake as far as possi- when the vehicle is washed. Wet wear of the brake components.
ble and fully engage the vehi- brakes can be dangerous! Your • If a tyre goes flat whilst you are
cle's transaxle into the P (Park) vehicle will not stop as quickly if the driving, apply the brakes gently
position. If the parking brake is brakes are wet. Wet brakes may and keep the vehicle pointed
not fully engaged, the vehicle cause the vehicle to pull to one side. straight ahead whilst you slow
may move inadvertently and down. When you are moving slow-
injure yourself and others. To dry the brakes, apply the brakes
lightly until the braking action returns ly enough for it to be safe to do so,
• All vehicles should always to normal, taking care to keep the pull off the road and stop in a safe
have the parking brake fully vehicle under control at all times. If place.
engaged when parking to the braking action does not return to • If your vehicle is equipped with an
avoid inadvertent movement normal, stop as soon as it is safe to Automatic Transaxle, do not let
of the vehicle which can injure do so and have your vehicle inspect- your vehicle creep forward. To
occupants or pedestrians. ed by a professional workshop. Kia avoid creeping forward, keep your
recommends to call an authorised foot firmly on the brake pedal when
Kia dealer/service partner. the vehicle is stopped.
• Do not coast down hills with the
vehicle out of gear. This is extreme-
ly hazardous. Keep the vehicle in
gear at all times, use the brakes to
slow down, then shift to a lower
gear so that engine braking will
help you maintain a safe speed.
6 63
Driving your vehicle
6 64
Driving your vehicle
6 65
Driving your vehicle
The warning light illumi- • EARLY - When this condition is • NORMAL - When this condition is
nates on the LCD display, selected, the initial selected, the initial
when you cancel the FCA Forward Collision Warning Forward Collision
system. The driver can is activated earlier than Warning is activated nor-
monitor the FCA ON/OFF status on normal. This setting maxi- mally. This setting allows
the LCD display. Also, the warning mizes the amount of dis- for a nominal amount of
light illuminates when the ESC tance between the vehicle distance between the
(Electronic Stability Control) is or pedestrian ahead before vehicle or pedestrian
turned off. When the warning light the initial warning occurs. If ahead before the initial
remains ON with the FCA activated, the ‘EARLY’ condition feels warning occurs.
have the system checked by a pro- too sensitive, change it into • LATE - When this condition is
fessional workshop. Kia recom- ‘NORMAL’. When the vehi- selected, the initial Forward
mends to visit an authorised Kia cle ahead suddenly stops, Collision Warning is activat-
dealer/service partner. the warning may seem to ed later than normal. This
The driver can select the initial warn- activate later even if the setting reduces the amount
ing activation time in the User ‘EARLY’ condition was of distance between the
Settings in the instrument cluster selected. vehicle or pedestrian ahead
LCD display. The options for the ini- before the initial warning
tial Forward Collision Warning occurs. Select this condition
include the following: only when traffic is light,
and you are driving slowly.
6 66
Driving your vehicle
6 67
Driving your vehicle
Collision Warning! (1st warning) Emergency braking! (2nd warning) Brake operation
• In an urgent situation, the braking
system enters into the ready status
for prompt reaction against the dri-
ver’s depressing the brake pedal.
• The FCA provides additional brak-
ing power for optimum braking per-
formance, when the driver
depresses the brake pedal.
• The braking control is automatical-
ly deactivated, when the driver
sharply depresses accelerator
OJF058389R OJF058390R pedal, or when the driver abruptly
• The warning message appears on • The warning message appears on operates the steering wheel.
the LCD display with the warning the LCD display with the warning • The braking control is automatical-
alarms. alarms. ly cancelled, when risk factors dis-
• The FCA controls the brakes within • The FCA controls the brakes with- appear.
certain limit to release shock from in certain limit to release shock
the collision. from the collision. CAUTION
The FCA controls the maximum The driver should always pay
brakes just before the collision. great caution to vehicle opera-
tion, even though there is no
warning message or warning
alarm.
6 68
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
The FCA operates in accordance OQL058202L
with the risk levels, such as the
distance from the vehicle/pass-
er-by in front, the speed of the
vehicle/passer-by in front, and
the driver's vehicle operation.
For the system to activate, do
not attempt risky driving.
OQL058203L
6 69
Driving your vehicle
6 70
Driving your vehicle
6 71
Driving your vehicle
6 72
Driving your vehicle
6 73
Driving your vehicle
6 74
Driving your vehicle
6 75
Driving your vehicle
6 76
Driving your vehicle
Downhill Brake Control (DBC) The Downhill Brake Control (DBC) ✽ NOTICE
(if equipped) supports the driver come down a • The DBC defaults to the OFF posi-
steep hill without depressing the tion whenever the ignition switch
■ Type A
brake pedal. is placed in the ON position.
It slows down the vehicle under 8 • Noise or vibration may occur from
km/h (5mph) (for automatic the brakes when the DBC is acti-
transaxle) or 8 km/h (5 mph) (for vated.
manual transaxle vehicles) and lets • The rear stop light comes on when
the driver concentrate on steering DBC is activated.
the vehicle.
OQL055118R
■ Type B WARNING
Always turn off the DBC on nor-
mal roads. The DBC might acti-
vate inadvertently from the
standby mode when driving
through speed bumps or mak-
ing sharp curves.
OQL055117R
■ Type C
OQL055116R
6 77
Driving your vehicle
DBC operation
6 78
Driving your vehicle
✽ NOTICE Good braking practices To dry the brakes, apply the brakes
• The DBC may not deactivate on lightly until the braking action returns
steep inclines even though the to normal, taking care to keep the
WARNING vehicle under control at all times. If
brake or accelerator pedal is Whenever leaving the vehicle or
depressed. the braking action does not return to
parking, always come to a com- normal, stop as soon as it is safe to
• Do not turn on the DBC when plete stop and continue to
driving with shift lever in 3rd gear do so and have your vehicle inspect-
depress the brake pedal. Move ed by a professional workshop.
(and above) for vehicles with man- the shift lever into the P (Park)
ual transaxle. The engine may stop Kia recommends to call an autho-
position, then apply the parking rised Kia dealer/service partner.
if the DBC system is activated. brake, and place the Engine
• The DBC does not operate when: Start/Stop button in the OFF DO NOT drive with your foot resting
- The shift lever is in P (Park). position. on the brake pedal. Even light, but
- The ESC is activated. constant pedal pressure can result in
Vehicles with the parking brake the brakes overheating, brake wear,
not fully engaged are at risk for and possibly even brake failure.
moving inadvertently and caus-
ing injury to yourself or others. If a tyre goes flat whilst you are driv-
ing, apply the brakes gently and
keep the vehicle pointed straight
Wet brakes can be dangerous! The ahead whilst you slow down. When
brakes may get wet if the vehicle is you are moving slowly enough for it
driven through standing water or if it to be safe to do so, pull off the road
is washed. Your vehicle will not stop and stop in a safe location.
as quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet
brakes may cause the vehicle to pull Keep your foot firmly on the brake
to one side. pedal when the vehicle is stopped to
prevent the vehicle from rolling for-
ward.
6 79
Driving your vehicle
6 80
Driving your vehicle
6 81
Driving your vehicle
2. Accelerate to the desired speed, ■ Type A On a steep grade, the vehicle may
which must be more than approxi- slow down or speed up slightly whilst
mately 30 km/h (20 mph). going downhill.
OQL058144L
3. Move the lever down (to SET-),
and release it at the desired
speed. The cruise set indicator
light will illuminate. Release the
accelerator pedal at the same
time. The desired speed will auto-
matically be maintained.
6 82
Driving your vehicle
To increase cruise control set • Move the lever up (to RES+) and To decrease the cruising
speed: release it immediately. The cruising speed:
speed will increase by 2 km/h (1
■ Type A ■ Type A
mph) each time you move the lever
up (to RES+) in this manner.
OQL058028L OQL058027L
■ Type B ■ Type B
OQL058145L OQL058144L
6 83
Driving your vehicle
• Move the lever down (to SET-) and To cancel cruise control, do • Shift into N (Neutral) if equipped
release it immediately. The cruising one of the following: with an Automatic Transaxle.
speed will decrease by 2 km/h (1 • Press the CANCEL/O button locat-
■ Type A
mph) each time you move the lever ed on the steering wheel.
down (to SET-) in this manner.
• Decrease the vehicle speed lower
than the memory speed by approx-
To temporarily accelerate with imately 20 km/h (12 mph).
the cruise control on: • Decrease the vehicle speed to less
If you want to speed up temporarily than approximately 25 km/h (15
when the cruise control is on, mph).
depress the accelerator pedal.
Increased speed will not interfere Each of these actions will cancel
OQL058029L
with cruise control operation or ■ Type B cruise control operation (the cruise
change the set speed. set indicator light will go off), but it
To return to the set speed, take your will not turn the system off. If you
foot off the accelerator pedal. wish to resume cruise control opera-
tion, move up the lever (to RES+)
located on your steering wheel. You
will return to your previously preset
speed.
OQL058146L
6 84
Driving your vehicle
To resume cruising speed at If any method other than the To turn cruise control off, do
more than approximately 30 CRUISE / button was used to one of the following:
km/h (20 mph): cancel cruising speed and the sys-
• Press the CRUISE/ button (the
tem is still activated, the most recent
■ Type A cruise indicator light will be turn off).
set speed will automatically resume
when the RES+ switch is pushed. • Turn the ignition off.
It will not resume, however, if the Both of these actions cancel cruise
vehicle speed has dropped below control operation. If you want to
approximately 30 km/h (20 mph). resume cruise control operation,
repeat the steps provided in “To set
cruise control speed” on the previous
page.
OQL058028L
■ Type B
OQL058145L
6 85
Driving your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
Whilst Manual Speed Limit Assist is OQL058247R
in operation, the cruise control sys- The speed limit indicator light will illu-
tem cannot be activated. OQL058206L
minate.
1. Press the cruise ( ) button
twice on the steering wheel, to
turn the system on.
6 86
Driving your vehicle
OQL058230L
OJF058153L
The set speed limit will be displayed.
To drive over the preset speed limit
you must depress hard on the accel-
erator pedal (more than approxi-
mately 80%) until the kick down
mechanism works with a clicking
noise. Then the set speed limit will
blink and chime will sound until you
OQL058231L return the vehicle speed within the
2. Move the lever down (to SET-). speed limit.
3. Move the lever up (to RES+) or
down (to SET-), and release it at
the desired speed. Move the lever
up (to RES+) or down (to SET-)
and hold it. The speed will increase
or decrease by 5 km/h (3 mph).
6 87
Driving your vehicle
OQL058232L
6 88
Driving your vehicle
WARNING WARNING
For your safety, please read the • If the smart cruise control is
owner's manual before using the left on, (cruise indicator in the
smart cruise control system. instrument cluster illuminat-
ed) the smart cruise control
can be activated unintention-
✽ NOTICE ally. Keep the smart cruise
To activate smart cruise control, control system off (cruise
depress the brake pedal at least once indicator turn off) when the
after turning the ignition switch to smart cruise control is not
OQL058234L the ON position or starting the used.
➀ Cruise indicator engine. This is to check if the brake • Use the smart cruise control
➁ Set speed switch which is important part to system only when travelling
cancel smart cruise control is in nor- on open highways in good
➂ Vehicle-to-vehicle distance mal condition. weather.
• Do not use the smart cruise
The smart cruise control system control when it may not be
allows you to program the vehicle to safe to keep the car at a con-
maintain constant speed and dis- stant speed. For instance.
tance detecting the vehicle ahead - Highway interchange and
without depressing the accelerator or tollgate
brake pedal.
- Road surrounded by abnor-
mally multiple steel con-
structions (subway con-
struction, steel tunnel, etc)
(Continued)
6 89
Driving your vehicle
6 90
Driving your vehicle
6 91
Driving your vehicle
OQL058231L OQL058230L
6 92
Driving your vehicle
To temporarily accelerate with the Smart cruise control will be tem- Cancelled automatically
cruise control on: porarily cancelled when: • The driver's door is opened.
If you want to speed up temporarily • The shift lever is shifted to N
when the cruise control is on, (Neutral), R (Reverse) or P (Paking).
depress the accelerator pedal. • The EPB (electronic parking brake)
Increased speed will not interfere is applied.
with cruise control operation or
change the set speed. • The vehicle speed is over 190
km/h (120 mph)
To return to the set speed, take your
foot off the accelerator. • The ESC, ABS or TCS is operating.
If you move the lever down (to SET-) • The ESC is turned off.
at increased speed, the cruising • The sensor or the cover is dirty or
speed will be set again. blocked with foreign matter.
OQL058207L • When the vehicle is stopped for
✽ NOTICE Cancelled manually over 5 minutes.
Be careful when accelerating tem- The smart cruise control is temporar- • The driver starts driving by pushing
porarily, because the speed is not con- ily cancelled when the brake pedal is the lever up (RES +) or down
trolled automatically at this time even depressed or the CANCEL button is (SET -) or depressing the acceler-
if there is a vehicle in front of you. pressed. Depress the brake pedal ator pedal approximately 3 sec-
and press the CANCEL button at the onds after the vehicle is stopped by
same time, when the vehicle is at a the smart cruise control System
standstill. The speed and vehicle to with no other vehicle ahead or a
vehicle distance indicator on the vehicle stopped far away in front.
cluster is disappeared and the
CRUISE indicator is illuminated con-
tinuously.
6 93
Driving your vehicle
• The accelerator pedal is continu- Each of these actions will cancel the
ously depressed for long time. smart cruise control operation. (the
• The engine speed is in dangerous set speed and vehicle to vehicle dis-
range. tance on the LCD display will go off.)
In a condition the smart cruise con-
• The SCC system has malfunc- trol is cancelled automatically, the
tioned. smart cruise control will not resume
• When activating the ISG mode. even though the RES+ or SET-lever
• When the braking control is operat- is moved.
ed for Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist(FCA) CAUTION
• The vehicle is stopped for more If the smart cruise control is OJF058397R
than 5 minutes. cancelled by other than the rea-
• The vehicle stops and goes repeat- sons mentioned, have the sys- CAUTION
edly for a long period of time. tem checked by a professional If the system is automatically
• The driver starts driving by pushing workshop. Kia recommends to cancelled, the warning chime
the toggle switch up (RES+)/down visit an authorised Kia will sound and a message will
(SET-) or depressing the accelera- dealer/service partner. appear for a few seconds.
tor pedal, after the vehicle is You must adjust the vehicle
stopped by the Smart Cruise speed by depressing the accel-
Control system with no other vehi- erator or brake pedal according
cle ahead. to the road condition ahead and
• The vehicle stops and goes repeat- driving condition.
edly for a long period of time. Always check the road condi-
• When the parking brake is locked. tions. Do not rely on the warn-
• Engine has some problems. ing chime.
6 94
Driving your vehicle
OQL058232L
OQL058231L Press the CRUISE button. (the
If any method other than the CRUISE indicator in the instrument
CRUISE button was used to cancel cluster will go off).
cruising speed and the system is still When the Smart Cruise Control
activated, the cruising speed will System is not needed, press the
automatically resume when you [CRUISE] switch and deactivate the
move the lever up (to RES+). system.
If you move the lever up (to RES+),
the speed will resume to the recently
set speed. It will not resume if the
vehicle speed has dropped below
approximately 30 km/h (20 mph).
6 95
Driving your vehicle
Vehicle to vehicle distance Each time the button is pressed, the ✽ NOTICE
setting vehicle to vehicle distance changes The distance is set to the last set dis-
as follows: tance when the system is used for the
To set vehicle to vehicle distance:
Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2
first time after starting the engine.
Distance 1
6 96
Driving your vehicle
OQL058237L OQL058238L
6 97
Driving your vehicle
In traffic situation
CAUTION
• The warning chime sounds
and LCD display blinks if it is
hard to maintain the selected
distance to the vehicle ahead.
• If the warning chime sounds,
actively adjust the vehicle
speed by depressing the
brake pedal according to the
road condition ahead and
driving condition. OQL058239L
• Even if the warning chime is OJF058402L
not activated, always pay CAUTION
attention to the driving condi- Use switch or pedal to accelerate
If the vehicle ahead (vehicle
tions to prevent dangerous • In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the
speed: less than 30km/h) disap-
situations from occurring. vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if
pears to the next lane, the warn-
the vehicle ahead of you starts
ing chime will sound and a mes-
moving, your vehicle will start as
sage will appear. Adjust your
well. However, if the vehicle stops
vehicle speed for vehicles or
for more than 3 seconds, you must
objects that can suddenly
depress the accelerator pedal or
appear in front of you by
push up the toggle switch (RES+)
depressing the brake pedal
to start driving.
according to the road condition
ahead and driving condition.
6 98
Driving your vehicle
• If you push the smart cruise control Radar to detect distance to the Warning message
toggle switch (RES+ or SET-) vehicle ahead
whilst Auto Hold and smart cruise
control is operating the Auto Hold
will be released regardless of
accelerator pedal operation and
the vehicle will start to move. The
AUTO HOLD indicator changes
from green to white. (if equipped
with EPB (Electronic Parking
Brake))
OJF058404R
OQL058202L When the sensor lens cover is blocked
The sensor detects the distance to with dirt, snow, or debris, the Smart
the vehicle ahead. Cruise Control System operation may
If the sensor is covered with dirt or stop temporarily. If this occurs, a warn-
other foreign matter, the vehicle to ing message will appear on the LCD
vehicle distance control may not display. Remove any dirt, snow, or
operate correctly. debris and clean the radar sensor lens
cover before operating the Smart
Always keep the area in front of the Cruise Control System. The Smart
sensor clean. Cruise Control system may not prop-
erly activate, if the radar is totally con-
taminated, or if any substance is not
detected after turning ON the engine
(e.g. in an open terrain).
6 99
Driving your vehicle
6 100
Driving your vehicle
To convert to cruise control 1. Turn the smart cruise control sys- Limitations of the system
mode: tem on (the cruise indicator light The smart cruise control system may
will be on but the system will not have limits to its ability to detect dis-
be activated). tance to the vehicle ahead due to
2. Push the distance to distance road and traffic conditions.
switch for more than 2 seconds.
3. Choose between "smart cruise
control (SCC) mode" and "Cruise
control (CC) mode".
When the system is cancelled using
the CRUISE button or the CRUISE
button is used after the engine is
OJF058400R turned on, the Smart Cruise Control
mode will turn on.
WARNING
When using the cruise control
mode, you must manually
access the distance to other
vehicles as the system will not
automatically brake to slow
down for other vehicles.
OJF058399R
6 101
Driving your vehicle
On curves On inclines
OUM054041L
6 102
Driving your vehicle
OUM054044L
6 103
Driving your vehicle
6 104
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
• The smart cruise control sys-
tem cannot guarantee the
stop for every emergency sit-
uation.
If an emergency stop is nec-
essary, you must apply the
brakes.
• Keep a safe distance accord-
ing to road conditions and
OUM054047L OQL058204L
vehicle speed. If the vehicle to
• Always look out for pedestrians • Always be cautious for vehicles vehicle distance is too close
when your vehicle is maintaining a with higher height or vehicles car- during a high-speed driving, a
distance with the vehicle ahead. rying loads that sticks out to the serious collision may result.
back of the vehicle. • The smart cruise control sys-
tem cannot recognize a
stopped vehicle, pedestrians or
an oncoming vehicle. Always
look ahead cautiously to pre-
vent unexpected and sudden
situations from occurring.
• SCC system may have diffi-
culty in maintaining the cor-
rect distance or speed, if the
vehicle is driving on a steep
incline or towing a trailer.
(Continued)
6 105
Driving your vehicle
6 106
Driving your vehicle
6 107
Driving your vehicle
When Active ECO is activated: Limitation of Active ECO operation: SPORT mode
• The acceleration may slightly be If the following conditions occur whilst SPORT mode focuses on
reduced eventhough you depress Active ECO is operating, the system SPORT dynamic driving by auto-
the accelerator fully. operation is limited even though there matically controlling the
• The air conditioner performance is no change in the ECO indicator. steering wheel, engine
may be limited • When the coolant temperature is and transaxle system.
• The shift pattern of the automatic low: • When the DRIVE MODE button is
transaxle may change. The system will be limited until pressed and the SPORT mode is
engine performance becomes nor- selected, the SPORT indicator
• The engine noise may get louder. (yellow) will illuminate.
mal.
• When driving up a hill: • When the SPORT mode is activat-
The above situations are normal ed, and the engine start/stop but-
conditions when the active eco sys- The system will be limited to gain ton is turned off and on it will
tem is activated to improve fuel effi- power when driving uphill because change to NORMAL mode. To turn
ciency. the engine torque is restricted. on the SPORT mode press DRIVE
• When using manual mode: MODE button again.
The system will be limited accord- • If the system is activated:
ing to the shift location. - After speeding, it maintains the
• When the accelerator pedal is gear and RPM for some time
deeply depressed for a few seconds: even though the accelerator
The system will be limited, judging pedal is not depressed.
that the driver wants to speed up. - Up-shifting is delayed.
✽ NOTICE
In Sport drive mode, the fuel effi-
ciency may decrease.
6 108
Driving your vehicle
6 109
Driving your vehicle
6 110
Driving your vehicle
LKA system operation The colour of indicator will change LKA system activation
depend on the condition of LKA sys- • To see the LKA system screen on
tem. the LCD display in the cluster, Tab
- White : Sensor does not detect to the ASSIST mode ( ).
the lane marker or vehicle • For further details, refer to [menu
speed is less than 60 settings] in chapter 4, [crash pad].
km/h.
• After LKA system is activated, if a
- Green : Sensor detects the lane lane marker is detected, vehicle
marker and system is speed is over 60 km/h and all the
able to control the steer- activation conditions are satisfied, a
ing. green indicator will illuminate and
the steering wheel will be controlled.
OQL048573R
6 111
Driving your vehicle
OQL058242R/OQL058243R
If the speed of the vehicle is over 60 OQL058244R/OQL058245R
km/h and the system detects the
lane marker, the colour changes If the vehicle leaves a lane, the lane
from gray to white marker you cross will blink on the
LCD display.
When the conditions below are met,
LKA system will be enable to assist If the vehicle moves out its lane
steering. because steering torque for assis-
tance is not enough, the line indica-
• Vehicle speed is above 60 km/h. tor of deviation direction will blink.
• Lane marker(one or both side) is • If all the conditions to activate LKA
detected by LKA system. system is not satisfied, the system
If LKA system can assist steering, a will convert to LDW and warn the
green steering wheel indicator will driver only when the driver crosses
illuminate. the lane marker.
6 112
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
• The warning message may
appear late according to road
conditions. Therefore, always
have your hands on the steer-
ing wheel whilst driving.
• If you hold the steering wheel
lightly, the system would gen-
erate hands off warning
because LKA system can
OJF058416R treat the situation as you do OJF058417R
If the driver takes hands off the steer- not grab the wheel. If the driver still does not have their
ing wheel for several seconds whilst hands on the steering wheel after
the LKA is activated, the system will several seconds, the system will not
warn the driver. control the steering wheel and warn
the driver only when the driver cross-
es the lane markers.
However, if the driver has their hands
on the steering wheel again, the sys-
tem will start controlling the steering
wheel.
6 113
Driving your vehicle
6 114
Driving your vehicle
When there is a problem with the sys- The system will be cancelled when: • The steering will not be assisted
tem do one of the following: • You change lanes with the turn sig- when vehicle speed is below 60
• Turn the system on after turning nal. km/h and over 180 km/h
the engine off and on again. - Using the turn signal to change • The steering will not be assisted
• Check if the ignition switch is in the lanes. when you change lanes fast.
ON position. - If you change lanes without the • The steering will not be assisted
• Check if the system is affected by turn signal on, the steering wheel when you brake suddenly.
the weather. (ex: fog, heavy rain, might be controlled. • The steering will not be assisted
etc.) • LKA system can transit to steering when the lane is very wide or nar-
• Check if there is foreign matter on assist mode when the car is near row.
the camera lens to middle of the lane after system • The steering will not be assisted
on or the lane was changed. LKA when only one side lane marker is
system can not assist steering if detected.
If the problem is not solved, have the the vehicle follows lane marker too
system checked by a professional • There are more than two lane
close continuously before transi- markers such as a construction
workshop. Kia recommends to visit tion to steering assist mode.
an authorised Kia dealer/service area.
partner. • The control of ESC (Electronic • Radius of a curve is too small.
Stability Control) or VSM (Vehicle
Stability Management) is activated. • When you turn steering wheel sud-
denly, the LKA system will be dis-
• The steering will not be assisted abled temporarily.
when your drive fast on a sharp
curve. • Driving on a steep slope or hill.
6 115
Driving your vehicle
6 116
Driving your vehicle
6 117
Driving your vehicle
6 118
Driving your vehicle
BCW (Blind-Spot Collision If the ignition switch is turned OFF Warning type
Warning) and ON the system returns to the The system will activate when:
previous state.
Operating conditions 1.The system is on
When the system is not used turn the
system off by pressing the switch. 2.Vehicle speed is above 30 km/h
(18.6 mph)
When the system is turned on the
warning light will illuminate for 3 sec- 3.Other vehicles are detected in the
onds on the outside rearview mirror. rear side
WARNING
• Always check the road condi-
tion whilst driving for unex-
pected situations even
though the Blind-Spot
OQL058034R Collision Warning System
(BCW) is operating.
The indicator on the switch will illumi-
nate when the BCW (Blind-Spot • The Blind-Spot Collision
Collision Warning) system switch is Warning System (BCW) is a
pressed with the ignition switch ON. supplemental system to
If the vehicle speed exceeds 30 km/h assist you. Do not entirely rely
(18.6 mph), the system will activate. on the system. Always pay
If you press the switch again, the attention, whilst driving, for
switch indicator and system will be your safety.
turned off. (Continued)
6 119
Driving your vehicle
6 120
Driving your vehicle
6 121
Driving your vehicle
6 122
Driving your vehicle
OQL058241L
6 123
Driving your vehicle
6 124
Driving your vehicle
6 125
Driving your vehicle
(Continued) (Continued)
- When the sensors are blocked - The vehicle is driven near areas
by other vehicles, walls or park- containing metal substances
ing-lot pillars. such as a construction zone,
- When the detected vehicle also railroad, etc.
moves back, as your vehicle - When the surrounding vehicle
drives back. or structure is driving in a wide
- If there are small things like area (desert, field, suburb etc.)
Shopping cart, baby carriage and
pedestrians.
- If there is low height vehicle like
sport vehicle.
- When other vehicles are close to
your vehicle.
- When the vehicle in the next
lane moves two lanes away from
you OR when the vehicle two
lanes away moves to the next
lane from you.
- When driving through a narrow
road with many plants.
- When driving on wet surface.
(Continued)
6 126
Driving your vehicle
6 127
Driving your vehicle
6 128
Driving your vehicle
6 129
Driving your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
WARNING CAUTION
The Driver Attention Warning sys-
• The Driver Attention Warning tem utilizes the camera sensor on the The Driver Attention Warning
system is not a substitute for front windscreen for its operation. system may not properly oper-
safe driving practices, but a To keep the camera sensor in the ate with limited alerting in the
convenience function only. It best condition, you should observe following situations:
is the responsibility of the the followings: • The lane detection perform-
driver to always drive cau- - Do not disassemble camera tem- ance is limited. (For more
tiously to prevent unexpected porarily for tinted window or information, refer to "Lane
and sudden situations from attaching any types of coatings and Keeping Assist System (LKA)"
occurring. Pay attention to the accessories. If you disassemble a in this chapter.)
road conditions at all times. camera and assemble it again, take • The vehicle is violently driven
• It may suggest a break your vehicle to an authorised Kia or is abruptly turned for obsta-
according to the driver’s driv- dealer and have the system cle avoidance (e.g. construc-
ing pattern or habits even if checked to need a calibration. tion area, other vehicles, fallen
the driver doesn’t feel - Do not locate any reflective objects, bumpy road).
fatigued. objects (i.e. white paper, mirror) • Forward drivability of the vehi-
• The driver, who feels fatigued, over the dashboard. Any light cle is severely undermined
should take a break, even reflection may cause a mal-func- (possibly due to wide varia-
though there is no break sug- tion of the Driver Attention tion in tyre pressures, uneven
gestion by the Driver Warning (DAW) system. tyre wear-out, toe-in/toe-out
Attention Warning system. - Pay extreme caution to keep the alignment).
camera sensor out of water.
- Do not arbitrarily disassemble the (Continued)
camera assembly, nor apply any
impact on the camera assembly.
• Playing the vehicle audio system
at high volume may offset the
Driver Attention Warning system
warning sounds.
6 130
Driving your vehicle
(Continued)
• The vehicle drives on a curvy
road.
• The vehicle drives on a bumpy
road.
• The vehicle drives through a
windy area.
• The vehicle is controlled by
the following driving assist
systems:
- Lane Keeping Assist System
(LKA)
- Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist (FCA) System
- Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
System
6 131
Driving your vehicle
ECONOMICAL OPERATION
Your vehicle's fuel economy depends • Do not "ride" the brake or clutch • Keep your vehicle in good condi-
mainly on your style of driving, where pedal. This can increase fuel con- tion. For better fuel economy and
you drive and when you drive. sumption and also increase wear reduced maintenance costs, main-
Each of these factors affects how on these components. In addition, tain your vehicle in accordance
many kilometers (miles) you can get driving with your foot resting on the with the maintenance schedule in
from a litre (gallon) of fuel. To operate brake pedal may cause the brakes section 8. If you drive your vehicle
your vehicle as economically as pos- to overheat, which reduces their in severe conditions, more frequent
sible, use the following driving sug- effectiveness and may lead to maintenance is required (see sec-
gestions to help save money in both more serious consequences. tion 8 for details).
fuel and repairs: • Take care of your tyres. Keep them • Keep your vehicle clean. For maxi-
• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a inflated to the recommended pres- mum service, your vehicle should
moderate rate. Do not make "jack- sure. Incorrect inflation, either too be kept clean and free of corrosive
rabbit" starts or full-throttle shifts much or too little, results in unnec- materials. It is especially important
and maintain a steady cruising essary tyre wear. Check the tyre that mud, dirt, ice, etc. not be
speed. Do not race between stop- pressures at least once a month. allowed to accumulate on the
lights. Try to adjust your speed to • Be sure that the wheels are underside of the vehicle. This extra
the traffic so you do not have to aligned correctly. Improper align- weight can result in increased fuel
change speeds unnecessarily. ment can result from hitting kerbs consumption and also contribute to
Avoid heavy traffic whenever pos- or driving too fast over irregular corrosion.
sible. Always maintain a safe dis- surfaces. Poor alignment causes • Travel lightly. Do not carry unnec-
tance from other vehicles so you faster tyre wear and may also essary weight in your vehicle.
can avoid unnecessary braking. result in other problems as well as Weight reduces fuel economy.
This also reduces brake wear. greater fuel consumption. • Do not let the engine idle longer
• Drive at a moderate speed. The than necessary. If you are waiting
faster you drive, the more fuel your (and not in traffic), turn off your
vehicle uses. Driving at a moderate engine and restart only when
speed, especially on the highway, you're ready to go.
is one of the most effective ways to
reduce fuel consumption.
6 132
Driving your vehicle
6 133
Driving your vehicle
6 134
Driving your vehicle
6 135
Driving your vehicle
Smooth cornering
WARNING - Spinning WARNING
tyres If your vehicle becomes stuck in
Do not spin the wheels, espe- snow, mud, sand, etc., then you
cially at speeds more than 56 may attempt to rock the vehicle
km/h (35 mph). Spinning the free by moving it forward and
wheels at high speeds when the backward. Do not attempt this
vehicle is stationary could procedure if people or objects
cause a tyre to overheat which are anywhere near the vehicle.
could result in tyre damage that During the rocking operation
may injure bystanders. the vehicle may suddenly move
forward or backward as it
becomes unstuck, causing
injury or damage to nearby peo- OQLE055038
✽ NOTICE
ple or objects. Avoid braking or gear changing in
The ESC system should be turned
OFF prior to rocking the vehicle. corners, especially when roads are
wet. Ideally, corners should always
be taken under gentle acceleration. If
you follow these suggestions, tyre
wear will be held to a minimum.
6 136
Driving your vehicle
Driving at night • Keep your headlights clean and Driving in the rain
properly aimed on vehicles not
equipped with the automatic head-
light aiming feature. Dirty or
improperly aimed headlights will
make it much more difficult to see
at night.
• Avoid staring directly at the head-
lights of oncoming vehicles. You
could be temporarily blinded, and it
will take several seconds for your
eyes to readjust to the darkness.
OQL055039 OQL058210L
Because night driving presents more Rain and wet roads can make driving
hazards than driving in the daylight, dangerous, especially if you’re not
here are some important tips to prepared for the slick pavement.
remember: Here are a few things to consider
• Slow down and keep more dis- when driving in the rain:
tance between you and other vehi- • A heavy rainfall will make it harder
cles, as it may be more difficult to to see and will increase the dis-
see at night, especially in areas tance needed to stop your vehicle,
where there may not be any street so slow down.
lights. • Keep your windscreen wiping
• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the equipment in good shape. Replace
glare from other driver's head- your windscreen wiper blades
lights. when they show signs of streaking
or missing areas on the wind-
screen.
6 137
Driving your vehicle
• If your tyres are not in good condi- Driving in flooded areas Highway driving
tion, making a quick stop on wet Avoid driving through flooded areas
pavement can cause a skid and
Tyres
unless you are sure the water is no
possibly lead to an accident. Be higher than the bottom of the wheel
sure your tyres are in good shape. hub. Drive through any water slowly.
• Turn on your headlights to make it Allow adequate stopping distance
easier for others to see you. because brake performance may be
• Driving too fast through large pud- affected.
dles can affect your brakes. If you After driving through water, dry the
must go through puddles, try to brakes by gently applying them sev-
drive through them slowly. eral times whilst the vehicle is mov-
• If you believe you may have gotten ing slowly.
your brakes wet, apply them lightly
whilst driving until normal braking OQL058041L
operation returns.
Driving off-road
Drive carefully off-road because your Adjust the tyre inflation pressures to
vehicle may be damaged by rocks of specification. Low tyre inflation pres-
roots of trees. Become familiar with sures will result in overheating and
the off-road conditions where you possible failure of the tyres.
are going to drive before you begin Avoid using worn or damaged tyres
driving. which may result in reduced traction
or tyre failure.
✽ NOTICE
Never exceed the maximum tyre
inflation pressure shown on the
tyres.
6 138
Driving your vehicle
6 139
Driving your vehicle
WINTER DRIVING
Severe weather conditions in the Snowy or Icy conditions Snow tyres
winter result in greater wear and To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it If you mount snow tyres on your vehi-
other problems. To minimise the may be necessary to use snow tyres cle, make sure they are radial tyres of
problems of winter driving, you or to install tyre chains on your tyres. the same size and load range as the
should follow these suggestions: If snow tyres are needed, it is neces- original tyres. Mount snow tyres on all
sary to select tyres equivalent in size four wheels to balance your vehicle’s
WARNING and type of the original equipment handling in all weather conditions.
tyres. Failure to do so may adversely Keep in mind that the traction provid-
Summer tyres are equipped to
affect the safety and handling of your ed by snow tyres on dry roads may
provide the best driving per-
vehicle. Furthermore, speeding, not be as high as your vehicle's orig-
formance on dry roads, varying
rapid acceleration, sudden brake inal equipment tyres.You should drive
according to specification.
applications, and sharp turns are cautiously even when the roads are
Since vehicles equipped with potentially very hazardous practices. clear. Check with the tyre dealer for
summer tyres significantly maximum speed recommendations.
reduce surface forces when During deceleration, use engine
driving on snow or ice roads, it braking to the fullest extent. Sudden
is recommended to use snow brake applications on snowy or icy WARNING - Snow tyre
tyres of the same size as the roads may cause skids to occur. You size
standard tyres of the vehicle or need to keep sufficient distance
Snow tyres should be equivalent
to replace them with all-season between the vehicle in operation in
in size and type to the vehicle's
tyres or to use snow chains. front and your vehicle. Also, apply
standard tyres. Otherwise, the
the brake gently. It should be noted
safety and handling of your vehi-
that installing tyre chains on the tyre
cle may be adversely affected.
will provide a greater driving force,
but will not prevent side skids.
Do not install studded tyres without
✽ NOTICE first checking local, state and munic-
ipal regulations for possible restric-
Tyre chains are not legal in all coun- tions against their use.
tries. Check the country laws before
fitting tyre chains.
6 140
Driving your vehicle
6 141
Driving your vehicle
Chain installation
When installing chains, follow the WARNING - Tyre chains CAUTION
manufacturer's instructions and • The use of chains may • Chains that are the wrong size
mount them as tightly as you can. adversely affect vehicle han- or improperly installed can
Drive slowly with chains installed. If dling. damage your vehicle's brake
you hear the chains contacting the • Do not exceed 30 km/h (20 lines, suspension, body and
body or chassis, stop and tighten mph) or the chain manufactur- wheels.
them. If they still make contact, slow er’s recommended speed • Stop driving and retighten the
down until it stops. Remove the limit, whichever is lower. chains any time you hear them
chains as soon as you begin driving hitting the vehicle.
on cleared roads. • Drive carefully and avoid
bumps, holes, sharp turns,
and other road hazards, which
WARNING - Mounting may cause the vehicle to
chains bounce.
When mounting snow chains, • Avoid sharp turns or locked-
park the vehicle on level ground wheel braking.
away from traffic. Turn on the
vehicle Hazard Warning flashers
and place a triangular emer-
gency warning device behind
the vehicle if available. Always
place the vehicle in P (Park),
apply the parking brake and
turn off the engine before
installing snow chains.
6 142
Driving your vehicle
Use high quality ethylene gly- Change to "winter weight" oil To keep locks from freezing
col coolant if necessary To keep the locks from freezing,
Your vehicle is delivered with high In some climates it is recommended squirt an approved de-icer fluid or
quality ethylene glycol coolant in the that a lower viscosity "winter weight" glycerine into the key opening. If a
cooling system. It is the only type of oil be used during cold weather. See lock is covered with ice, squirt it with
coolant that should be used because section 9 for recommendations. If you an approved de-icing fluid to remove
it helps prevent corrosion in the cool- aren't sure what weight oil you should the ice. If the lock is frozen internally,
ing system, lubricates the water use, Kia recommends to consult an you may be able to thaw it out by
pump and prevents freezing. Be sure authorised Kia dealer/service partner. using a heated key. Handle the heat-
to replace or replenish your coolant ed key with care to avoid injury.
in accordance with the maintenance
schedule in section 8. Before winter, Check spark plugs and ignition
have your coolant tested to assure system Use approved window washer
that its freezing point is sufficient for Inspect your spark plugs as anti-freeze in system
the temperatures anticipated during described in section 8 and replace To keep the water in the window
the winter. them if necessary. Also check all washer system from freezing, add an
ignition wiring and components to be approved window washer anti-freeze
sure they are not cracked, worn or solution in accordance with instruc-
Check battery and cables damaged in any way. tions on the container. Window wash-
Winter puts additional burdens on er anti-freeze is available from an
the battery system. Visually inspect authorised Kia dealer/service partner
the battery and cables as described and most auto parts outlets. Do not
in section 8. Have the level of charge use engine coolant or other types of
in your battery checked by a profes- anti-freeze as these may damage the
sional workshop. Kia recommends to paint finish.
visit an authorised Kia dealer/service
partner.
6 143
Driving your vehicle
Don't let your parking brake Don't let ice and snow accu- Carry emergency equipment
freeze mulate underneath Depending on the severity of the
Under some conditions your parking Under some conditions, snow and weather, you should carry appropri-
brake can freeze in the engaged ice can build up under the fenders ate emergency equipment. Some of
position. This is most likely to hap- and interfere with the steering. When the items you may want to carry
pen when there is an accumulation driving in severe winter conditions include tyre chains, tow straps or
of snow or ice around or near the where this may happen, you should chains, flashlight, emergency flares,
rear brakes or if the brakes are wet. periodically check underneath the sand, shovel, jumper cables, window
If there is a risk the parking brake vehicle to be sure the movement of scraper, gloves, ground cloth, cover-
may freeze, apply it only temporarily the front wheels and the steering alls, blanket, etc.
whilst you put the shift lever in P components is not obstructed.
(Automatic Transaxle) or in first or
reverse gear (manual transaxle) and
block the rear wheels so the vehicle
cannot roll. Then release the parking
brake.
6 144
Driving your vehicle
TRAILER TOWING
If you are considering towing with ✽ NOTICE - For Europe
your vehicle, you should first check WARNING - Weight limits • The technically permissible maxi-
with your country's Department of Before towing, make sure the mum load on the rear axle(s) may
Motor Vehicles to determine their total trailer weight, GCW (gross be exceeded by not more than 15
legal requirements. combination weight), GVW % and the technically permissible
Since laws vary the requirements for (gross vehicle weight), GAW maximum laden mass of the vehi-
towing trailers, cars, or other types of (gross axle weight ) and trailer cle may be exceeded by not more
vehicles or apparatus may differ. Kia tongue load are all within the than 10 % or 100 kg (220.4 lbs),
recommends to ask an authorised limits. whichever value is lower. In this
Kia dealer/service partner. case, do not exceed 100 km/h (62.1
mph) for vehicle of category M1 or
WARNING - Towing a WARNING 80 km/h (49.7 mph) for vehicle of
When you tow the trailer, make category N1.
trailer • When towing a trailer, the addi-
sure that you turn off the ISG
If you don't use the correct Function. tional load imposed at the trailer
equipment and/or drive improp- coupling device may cause the
erly, you can lose control when rear tyre maximum load ratings to
you pull a trailer. For example, if be exceeded, but not by more than
the trailer is too heavy, the 15%. In such a case, do not exceed
brakes may not work well - or 100km/h, and the rear tyre pres-
even at all. You and your pas- sure should be at least 20 kPa(0.2
sengers could be seriously or bar) above the tyre pressure(s) as
fatally injured. Pull a trailer only recommended for normal use (i.e.
if you have followed all the without a trailer attached).
steps in this section.
6 145
Driving your vehicle
6 146
Driving your vehicle
6 147
Driving your vehicle
6 148
Driving your vehicle
Backing up Turn signals when towing a trailer You must also check the lights every
Hold the bottom of the steering When you tow a trailer, your vehicle time you disconnect and then recon-
wheel with one hand. Then, to move has to have a different turn signal nect the wires.
the trailer to the left, just move your flasher and extra wiring. The green Do not connect a trailer lighting sys-
hand to the left. To move the trailer to arrows on your instrument panel will tem directly to your vehicle’s lighting
the right, move your hand to the flash whenever you signal a turn or system. Use only an approved trailer
right. Always back up slowly and, if lane change. Properly connected, wiring harness.
possible, have someone guide you. the trailer lights will also flash to alert Have yourself assisted by a profes-
other drivers you’re about to turn, sional workshop in installing the
change lanes, or stop. wiring harness.
Making turns
When towing a trailer, the green Kia recommends to visit an autho-
When you’re turning with a trailer, arrows on your instrument panel will
make wider turns than normal. Do rised Kia dealer/service partner.
flash for turns even if the bulbs on
this so your trailer won’t strike soft the trailer are burned out. Thus, you
shoulders, kerbs, road signs, trees, may think drivers behind you are WARNING
or other objects near the edge of the seeing your signals when, in fact, Failure to use an approved trail-
road. Avoid jerky or sudden manoeu- they are not. It is important to check er wiring harness could result in
vres. Signal well in advance before occasionally to be sure the trailer damage to the vehicle electrical
turning or lane changes. bulbs are still working. system and/or personal injury.
6 149
Driving your vehicle
6 150
Driving your vehicle
However, if you ever have to park your When you are ready to leave after
trailer on a hill, here is how to do it: WARNING - Parking parking on a hill
1. Pull the vehicle into the parking brake 1. With the manual transaxle in
space. Turn the steering wheel in It can be dangerous to get out Neutral or Automatic Transaxle in
the direction of the kerb (left if of your vehicle if the parking P (Park), apply your brakes and
headed down hill, right if headed brake is not firmly set. hold the brake pedal down whilst
up hill). If you have left the engine run- you:
2. If the vehicle has a manual ning, the vehicle can move sud- • Start your engine;
transaxle, place the car in neutral. If denly. You or others could be • Shift into gear; and
the vehicle has an automatic seriously or fatally injured.
• Release the parking brake.
transaxle, place the car in P (Park).
2. Slowly remove your foot from the
3. Set the parking brake and shut off
brake pedal.
the vehicle.
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear
4. Place chocks under the trailer
of the chocks.
wheels on the down hill side of the
wheels. 4. Stop and have someone pick up
and store the chocks.
5. Start the vehicle, hold the brakes,
shift to neutral, release the park-
ing brake and slowly release the
brakes until the trailer chocks
absorb the load.
6. Reapply the brakes, reapply the
parking brake and shift the vehicle
to R (Reverse) for manual transaxle
or P (Park) for automatic transaxle.
7. Shut off the vehicle and release
the vehicle brakes but leave the
parking brake set.
6 151
Driving your vehicle
6 152
Driving your vehicle
For Europe
Petrol Engine Diesel Engine
Nu 2.0 MPI Theta II 2.4 GDI R2.0
Item 2WD AWD 2WD AWD 2WD AWD
A/T M/T A/T M/T A/T A/T A/T M/T A/T M/T
Without brake
750 750 750 750 750 750 750 750 750 750
System (kg)
Maximum Without brake 1,653 1,653 1,653 1,653 1,653 1,653 1,653 1,653 1,653 1,653
trailer System (lb)
weight kg With brake
(Ibs.) 1,600 1,900 1,600 1,900 1,500 1,500 1,900 2,200 1,900 2,200
System (kg)
With brake
3,527 4,189 3,527 4,189 3,307 3,307 4,189 4,850 4,189 4,850
System (lb)
Maximum permissible
110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110
static vertical load on the
(220) (220) (220) (220) (220) (220) (220) (220) (220) (220)
coupling device kg (Ibs)
M/T : Manual transaxle
A/T : Automatic transaxle
6 153
Driving your vehicle
For Australia
Petrol Engine Diesel Engine
Nu 2.0 MPI Theta II 2.4 GDI R2.0
Item
2WD 2WD AWD AWD
A/T M/T A/T A/T M/T
Maximum Without brake System
trailer weight kg 750 750 750 750 750
(kg)
Without brake System
1,653 1,653 1,653 1,653 1,653
(lb)
With brake System
1,600 1,900 1,500 1,500 2,200
(kg)
With brake System
3,527 4,189 3,307 3,307 4,850
(Ibs.) (lb)
Maximum permissible static vertical load on
the coupling device kg 110 110 110 110 110
(220) (220) (220) (220) (220)
(Ibs)
6 154
Driving your vehicle
Weight of the trailer Weight of the trailer tongue The trailer tongue should weigh a
maximum of 10% of the total loaded
trailer weight, within the limits of the
maximum permissible trailer tongue
load.
After you've loaded your trailer,
weigh the trailer and then the tongue,
separately, to see if the weights are
proper. If they aren’t, you may be
able to correct them simply by mov-
ing some items around in the trailer.
Tongue Load Total Trailer Weight Gross Axle Weight Gross Vehicle Weight
C190E01JM C190E02JM
What is the maximum safe weight of a The tongue load of any trailer is an
trailer? It should never weigh more than important weight to measure
the maximum trailer weight with trailer because it affects the total gross
brakes. But even that can be too heavy. vehicle weight (GVW) of your vehi-
It depends on how you plan to use cle. This weight includes the kerb
your trailer. For example, speed, alti- weight of the vehicle, any cargo you
tude, road grades, outside tempera- may carry in it, and the people who
ture and how often your vehicle is will be riding in the vehicle. And if you
used to pull a trailer are all important. will tow a trailer, you must add the
The ideal trailer weight can also tongue load to the GVW because
depend on any special equipment your vehicle will also be carrying that
that you have on your vehicle. weight.
6 155
Driving your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
WARNING - Trailer With increasing altitude the engine
• Never load a trailer with more performance decreases. From
weight in the rear than in the 1,000m above sea level and for every
front. The front should be 1,000m thereafter 10% of
loaded with approximately vehicle/trailer weight (trailer
60% of the total trailer load; weighter + gross vehicle weight)
the rear should be loaded with must be deducted.
approximately 40% of the total
trailer load.
• Never exceed the maximum
weight limits of the trailer or
trailer towing equipment.
Improper loading can result in
damage to your vehicle and/or
personal injury. Check weights
and loading at a commercial
scale or highway patrol office
equipped with scales.
• An improperly loaded trailer
can cause loss of vehicle con-
trol.
6 156
Driving your vehicle
VEHICLE WEIGHT
This section will guide you in the Cargo weight GVWR
proper loading of your vehicle and/or This figure includes all weight added (Gross vehicle weight rating)
trailer, to keep your loaded vehicle to the Base Kerb Weight, including This is the maximum allowable
weight within its design rating capa- cargo and optional equipment. weight of the fully loaded vehicle
bility, with or without a trailer. Properly
(including all options, equipment,
loading your vehicle will provide max-
passengers and cargo). The GVWR
imum return of the vehicle design GAW (Gross axle weight) is shown on the certification label.
performance. Before loading your This is the total weight placed on
vehicle, familiarize yourself with the each axle (front and rear) - including
following terms for determining your vehicle kerb weight and all payload. Overloading
vehicle's weight ratings, with or with-
out a trailer, from the vehicle's speci-
fications and the certification label: GAWR WARNING - Vehicle
(Gross axle weight rating) weight
This is the maximum allowable The gross axle weight rating
Base kerb weight (GAWR) and the gross vehicle
weight that can be carried by a single
This is the weight of the vehicle weight rating (GVWR) for your
axle (front or rear). These numbers
including a full tank of fuel and all vehicle are on the certification
are shown on the certification label.
standard equipment. It does not label attached to the driver's (or
include passengers, cargo, or option- The total load on each axle must front passenger’s) door.
al equipment. never exceed its GAWR. Exceeding these ratings can
cause an accident or vehicle
GVW (Gross vehicle weight) damage. You can calculate the
Vehicle kerb weight weight of your load by weighing
This is the weight of your new vehicle This is the Base Kerb Weight plus the items (and people) before
when you picked it up from your deal- actual Cargo Weight plus passengers. putting them in the vehicle. Be
er plus any aftermarket equipment. careful not to overload your
vehicle.
6 157
Driving your vehicle
OQL086002R
Tyre Label
✽ NOTICE
Your warranty does not cover parts
or components that fail because of
overloading.
OQL085002R
6 158
What to do in an emergency
Road warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 If you have a flat tyre (with spare tyre) . . . . . . . . 7-16
• Hazard warning flasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 • Jack and tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
In case of an emergency whilst driving . . . . . . . . . 7-3 • Removing and storing the spare tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
• If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing. . . . . . . 7-3 • Changing tyres. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
• If you have a flat tyre whilst driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 • Jack label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
• If engine stalls whilst driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 • EC Declaration of Conformity for Jack . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
If the engine will not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
• If engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly . . . . 7-4 • Towing service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
• If engine turns over normally but does not start . . . . 7-4 • Removable towing hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
Emergency starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 • Emergency towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
• Jump starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 Emergency Commodity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
• Push-starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 • Fire extinguisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
If the engine overheats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 • First aid kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) . . . . . . 7-9 • Triangle reflector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
• Check tyre pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9 • Tyre pressure gauge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
• Low tyre pressure telltale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
• Low tyre pressure position telltale. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11 7
• TPMS (Tyre Pressure Monitoring System)
malfunction indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
• Changing a tyre with TPMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
What to do in an emergency
ROAD WARNING
Hazard warning flasher It should be used whenever emer-
gency repairs are being made or
■ Type A
when the vehicle is stopped near the
edge of a roadway.
Depress the flasher switch with the
ignition switch in any position. The
flasher switch is located in the centre
console switch panel. All turn signal
lights will flash simultaneously.
OQL068001R
7 2
What to do in an emergency
7 3
What to do in an emergency
7 4
What to do in an emergency
EMERGENCY STARTING
Jump starting
Jump starting can be dangerous if
WARNING - Battery
done incorrectly. Therefore, to avoid • Keep all flames or sparks
harm to yourself or damage to your away from the battery. The
vehicle or battery, follow the jump battery produces hydrogen
starting procedures. If in doubt, we gas which may explode if
strongly recommend that you have a exposed to flame or sparks.
competent technician or towing serv- If these instructions are not
ice jump start your vehicle. followed exactly, serious per-
sonal injury and damage to
CAUTION the vehicle may occur! If you
1VQA4001 are not sure how to follow this
Use only a 12-volt jumper sys- procedure, seek qualified
Connect cables in numerical order
tem. You can damage a 12-volt assistance. Automobile bat-
and disconnect in reverse order.
starting motor, ignition system, teries contain sulfuric acid.
and other electrical parts This is poisonous and highly
beyond repair by use of a 24- corrosive. When jump start-
volt power supply (either two ing, wear protective glasses
12-volt batteries in series or a and be careful not to get acid
24-volt motor generator set). on yourself, your clothing or
on the vehicle.
(Continued)
WARNING - Battery
Never attempt to check the elec-
trolyte level of the battery as
this may cause the battery to
rupture or explode causing seri-
ous injury.
7 5
What to do in an emergency
7 6
What to do in an emergency
WARNING
Never tow a vehicle to start it
because the sudden surge for-
ward when the engine starts
could cause a collision with the
tow vehicle.
7 7
What to do in an emergency
7 8
What to do in an emergency
OQL068028R
(1) Low tyre pressure telltale
(2) Low tyre pressure position tell-
tale (Shown on the LCD display)
7 9
What to do in an emergency
As an added safety feature, your vehi- Please note that the TPMS is not a TPMS malfunctions may occur for a
cle has been equipped with a tyre substitute for proper tyre mainte- variety of reasons, including the instal-
pressure monitoring system (TPMS) nance, and it is the driver’s responsi- lation of replacement or alternate tyres
that illuminates a low tyre pressure bility to maintain correct tyre pressure, or wheels on the vehicle that prevent
telltale when one or more of your tyres even if under-inflation has not the TPMS from functioning properly.
is significantly under-inflated. reached the level to trigger illumina- Always check the TPMS malfunction
Accordingly, when the low tyre pres- tion of the TPMS low tyre pressure telltale after replacing one or more
sure telltale illuminates, you should telltale. tyres or wheels on your vehicle to
stop and check your tyres as soon as ensure that the replacement or alter-
possible, and inflate them to the prop- nate tyres and wheels allow the TPMS
er pressure. Driving on a significantly Your vehicle has also been equipped to continue to function properly.
under-inflated tyre causes the tyre to with a TPMS malfunction indicator to
overheat and can lead to tyre failure. indicate when the system is not oper-
Under-inflation also reduces fuel effi- ating properly. The TPMS malfunction ✽ NOTICE
ciency and tyre tread life, and may indicator is combined with the low If any of the below happens, have
affect the vehicle’s handling and stop- tyre pressure telltale. When the sys- the system checked by a profession-
ping ability. tem detects a malfunction, the telltale al workshop. Kia recommends to
will flash for approximately 1 minute visit an authorised Kia dealer/serv-
and then remain continuously illumi- ice partner.
nated. This sequence will continue 1.The low tyre pressure telltale/
upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as TPMS malfunction indicator do
long as the malfunction exists. When not illuminate for 3 seconds when
the TPMS malfunction indicator the ignition switch is turned to the
remains illuminated after blinking for ON position or engine is running.
approximately 1 minute, the system 2.The TPMS malfunction indicator
may not be able to detect or signal remains illuminated after blinking
low tyre pressure as intended. for approximately 1 minute.
3.The Low tyre pressure position
telltale remains illuminated.
7 10
What to do in an emergency
Low tyre pressure When the tyre pressure monitoring If you drive the vehicle for about 10
telltale system warning indicators are illumi- minutes at speeds above 25 km/h
nated and warning massage dis- after replaceing the low pressure tyre
played on the cluster LCD display, with the spare tyre, one of the follow-
Low tyre pressure position one or more of your tyres is signifi- ing will happen:
telltale cantly under-inflated. The low tyre • The TPMS malfunction indicator
pressure position telltale light will may blink for approximately 1
■ Low tyre pressure telltale
indicate which tyre is significantly minute and then remain continu-
under-inflated by illuminating the cor- ously illuminated because the
responding position light. TPMS sensor is not mounted on
If either telltale illuminates, immedi- the spare wheel. (changed tyre
ately reduce your speed, avoid hard equipped with a sensor not in the
cornering and anticipate increased vehicle)
stopping distances. You should stop • The TPMS malfunction indicator
and check your tyres as soon as pos- will remain continuously illuminated
sible. Inflate the tyres to the proper whilst driving because the TPMS
WBH-11 pressure as indicated on the vehi- sensor is not mounted on the spare
■ Low tyre pressure information cle’s placard or tyre inflation pres- wheel. (changed tyre equipped with
sure label located on the driver’s side a sensor in the vehicle)
centre pillar outer panel. If you can-
not reach a service station or if the
tyre cannot hold the newly added air,
replace the low pressure tyre with a
spare tyre.
OQL068042R
7 11
What to do in an emergency
7 12
What to do in an emergency
7 13
What to do in an emergency
If you drive the vehicle for about 10 You may not be able identify a low
minutes at speeds above 25 km/h tyre by simply looking at it. Always WARNING - TPMS
after replaceing the low pressure tyre use a good quality tyre pressure • The TPMS cannot alert you to
with the spare tyre, one of the follow- gauge to measure the tyre's inflation severe and sudden tyre dam-
ing will happen: pressure. Please note that a tyre that age caused by external fac-
• The TPMS malfunction indicator is hot (from being driven) will have a tors such as nails or road
may blink for approximately 1 higher pressure measurement than a debris.
minute and then remain continuous- tyre that is cold (from sitting station-
• If you feel any vehicle instabil-
ly illuminated because the TPMS ary for at least 3 hours and driven
ity, immediately take your foot
sensor is not mounted on the spare less than 1 mile (1.6 km) during that
off the accelerator, apply the
wheel. (changed tyre equipped with 3 hour period).
brakes gradually and with
a sensor not in the vehicle) Allow the tyre to cool before measur- light force, and slowly move to
• The TPMS malfunction indicator ing the inflation pressure. Always be a safe position off the road.
will remain continuously illuminated sure the tyre is cold before inflating
whilst driving because the TPMS to the recommended pressure.
sensor is not mounted on the spare A cold tyre means the vehicle has
wheel. (changed tyre equipped with been sitting for 3 hours and driven for
a sensor in the vehicle) less than 1.6km (1 mile) in that 3
hour period.
CAUTION
We recommend that you use the
sealant approved by Kia if your
vehicle is equipped with a Tyre
Pressure Monitoring System.
The liquid sealant can damage
the tyre pressure sensors.
7 14
What to do in an emergency
7 15
What to do in an emergency
7 16
What to do in an emergency
OQL065032
If it is hard to loosen the tyre hold-
OQL065031
down wing bolt by hand, you can
loosen it easily using the jack handle.
Turn the tyre hold-down wing bolt 1. Put the jack handle (1) inside of
counterclockwise. the tyre hold-down wing bolt.
Store the tyre in the reverse order of 2. Turn the tyre hold-down wing bolt
removal. counterclockwise with the jack
To prevent the spare tyre and tools handle.
from “rattling” whilst the vehicle is in
motion, store them properly.
7 17
What to do in an emergency
Changing tyres
WARNING - Changing a
tyre
• To prevent vehicle movement
whilst changing a tyre, always
set the parking brake fully,
and always block the wheel
diagonally opposite the wheel
being changed.
• We recommend that the
wheels of the vehicle be
1VQA4023 chocked, and that no person
1VQA4022 4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench, remain in a vehicle that is
jack, jack handle, and spare tyre being jacked.
1. Park on a level surface and apply from the vehicle.
the parking brake firmly. 5. Block both the front and rear of
2. Shift the shift lever into R wheel that is diagonally opposite
(Reverse) with manual transaxle or the jack position.
P (Park) with automatic transaxle.
3. Activate the hazard warning flasher.
7 18
What to do in an emergency
WARNING - Jack
location
To reduce the possibility of
injury, be sure to use only the
jack provided with the vehicle
and in the correct jack position;
never use any other part of the
vehicle for jack support.
OQL068026L
OQL065029
6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun-
terclockwise one turn each, but do
not remove any nut until the tyre
has been raised off the ground.
OQL068027L
7.Place the jack at the front(1) or
rear(2) jacking position closest to
the tyre you are changing. Place
the jack at the designated locations
under the frame. The jacking posi-
tions are plates welded to the
frame with two tabs and a raised
dot to index with the jack.
7 19
What to do in an emergency
7 20
What to do in an emergency
10. To reinstall the wheel, hold it on If you have a tyre gauge, remove the
the studs, put the wheel nuts on valve cap and check the air pressure.
the studs and tighten them finger If the pressure is lower than recom-
tight. Jiggle the tyre to be sure it mended, drive slowly to the nearest
is completely seated, then tight- service station and inflate to the cor-
en the nuts as much as possible rect pressure. If it is too high, adjust it
with your fingers again. until it is correct. Always reinstall the
11. Lower the vehicle to the ground valve cap after checking or adjusting
by turning the wheel nut wrench tyre pressure. If the cap is not
counterclockwise. replaced, air may leak from the tyre. If
you lose a valve cap, buy another and
OQL065030 install it as soon as possible.
Then position the wrench as shown After you have changed wheels,
in the drawing and tighten the wheel always secure the flat tyre in its place
nuts. Be sure the socket is seated and return the jack and tools to their
completely over the nut. Do not stand proper storage locations.
on the wrench handle or use an
extension pipe over the wrench han-
dle. Go around the wheel tightening
every other nut until they are all tight.
Then double-check each nut for
tightness. After changing wheels,
have the system checked by a pro-
fessional workshop. Kia recom-
mends to visit an authorised Kia
dealer/service partner.
7 22
What to do in an emergency
When using a compact spare tyre, • Avoid driving over obstacles. The
WARNING observe the following precautions: compact spare tyre diameter is
The compact spare tyre is for • Under no circumstances should you smaller than the diameter of a con-
emergency use only. Do not exceed 80 km/h (50 mph); a higher ventional tyre and reduces the
operate your vehicle on this speed could damage the tyre. ground clearance approximately
compact spare at the speed 2.5 cm (1 inch), which could result
• Ensure that you drive slowly in damage to the vehicle.
over 80 km/h (50 mph). The orig- enough to avoid all hazards. Any
inal tyre should be repaired or road hazard, such as a pothole or • Do not take the vehicle through an
replaced as soon as possible to debris, could seriously damage the automatic car wash whilst the com-
avoid failure of the spare possi- compact spare. pact spare tyre is installed.
bly leading to personal injury or • Do not use tyre chains on the tem-
death. • Any continuous road use of this
tyre could result in tyre failure, loss porary compact tyre. Because of
of vehicle control, and possible the smaller size, a tyre chain will
personal injury. not fit properly. This could damage
The compact spare should be inflat- the vehicle and result in loss of the
ed to 420 kPa (60 psi). • Do not exceed the vehicle’s maxi- chain.
mum load rating or the load-carry-
ing capacity shown on the sidewall • Temporary compact tyre should
✽ NOTICE of the compact spare tyre. not be installed on the front axle if
Check the inflation pressure after the vehicle must be driven in snow
installing the spare tyre. Adjust it to or on ice.
the specified pressure, as necessary.
7 23
What to do in an emergency
• Do not use the temporary compact • Do not use more than one tempo-
tyre on any other vehicle because rary compact tyre at a time.
this tyre has been designed espe- • Do not tow a trailer whilst the tem-
cially for your vehicle. porary compact tyre is installed.
• The temporary compact tyre tread
life is shorter than a regular tyre.
Inspect your temporary compact
tyre regularly and replace worn
compact spare tyres with the same
size and design, mounted on the
same wheel.
• The temporary compact tyre
should not be used on any other
wheels, nor should standard tyres,
snow tyres, wheel covers or trim
rings be used with the temporary
compact spare wheel. If such use
is attempted, damage to these
items or other car components
may occur.
7 24
What to do in an emergency
Jack label
■ Example • Type C
• Type A
OHYK064001 OHYK064002
• Type B • Type D (for Australia)
OHYK064005 OKAI064001
❈ The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
For more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.
1. Model Name 8. Shift into Reverse gear on vehicles with manual trans-
2. Maximum allowable load mission or move the shift lever to the P position on
vehicles with automatic transmission.
3. When using the jack, set your parking brake.
9. The jack should be used on firm level ground.
4. When using the jack, stop the engine.
10. Jack manufacturer
5. Do not get under a vehicle that is supported by a jack.
11. Production date
6. The designated locations under the frame
12. Representative company and address
7. When supporting the vehicle, the base plate of jack
must be vertical under the lifting point.
7 25
What to do in an emergency
OUM074110L
7 26
What to do in an emergency
TOWING
Towing service On AWD vehicles, your vehicle must
be towed with a wheel lift and dollies
or flatbed equipment with all the
wheels off the ground.
CAUTION OQL065016
The AWD vehicle should never
be towed with the wheels on the
ground. This can cause serious
damage to the transaxle or the
AWD system.
7 27
What to do in an emergency
When towing your vehicle in an Removable towing hook 3. Install the towing hook by turning it
emergency without wheel dollies : (if equipped) clockwise into the hole until it is
1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC fully secured.
■ Front
position. 4. Remove the towing hook and
2. Place the transaxle shift lever in N install the cover after use.
(Neutral).
3. Release the parking brake.
CAUTION
Failure to place the transaxle
shift lever in N (Neutral) may
cause internal damage to the OQL068017L
■ Rear
transaxle.
OQL068018L
7 28
What to do in an emergency
7 29
What to do in an emergency
7 30
What to do in an emergency
CAUTION - Automatic
transaxle
• If the car is being towed with all
four wheels on the ground, it
can be towed only from the
front. Be sure that the transaxle
is in neutral. Be sure the steer-
ing is unlocked by placing the
ignition switch in the ACC posi-
tion. A driver must be in the
towed vehicle to operate the
steering and brakes.
• To avoid serious damage to
the automatic transaxle, limit
the vehicle speed to 15 km/h
(10 mph) and drive less than
1.5 km (1 mile) when towing.
• Before towing, check the auto-
matic transaxle for fluid leaks
under your vehicle. If the auto-
matic transaxle fluid is leak-
ing, flatbed equipment or a
towing dolly must be used.
7 31
What to do in an emergency
7 32
Maintenance
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
■ Petrol Engine (Nu 2.0L - MPI )
❈ The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OQLE075094RE/OQLE075095R
8 3
Maintenance
❈ The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OQL078001R
8 4
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE SERVICES
You should exercise the utmost care Owner’s responsibility Owner maintenance
to prevent damage to your vehicle precautions
and injury to yourself whenever per- ✽ NOTICE
Improper or incomplete service may
forming any maintenance or inspec- Maintenance Service and Record result in problems. This section gives
tion procedures. Retention are the owner's responsi- instructions only for the maintenance
Inadequate, incomplete or insuffi- bility. items that are easy to perform.
cient servicing may result in opera-
tional problems with your vehicle that Have your vehicle serviced by a pro-
could lead to vehicle damage, an fessional workshop. Kia recom-
accident, or personal injury. mends to visit an authorised Kia
dealer/service partner.
You should retain documents that
show proper maintenance has been
performed on your vehicle in accor-
dance with the scheduled mainte-
nance service charts shown on the
following pages.
You need this information to estab-
lish your compliance with the servic-
ing and maintenance requirements
of your vehicle warranties.
Detailed warranty information is pro-
vided in your Warranty &
Maintenance book.
Repairs and adjustments required as
a result of improper maintenance or
a lack of required maintenance are
not covered when your vehicle is
covered by warranty.
8 5
Maintenance
✽ NOTICE (Continued)
Improper owner maintenance dur- WARNING
- Maintenance work • Working under the bonnet with
ing the warranty period may affect the engine running is danger-
warranty coverage. For details, read • Performing maintenance work
ous. It becomes even more
the separate Warranty & on a vehicle can be danger-
dangerous when you wear jew-
Maintenance book provided with ous. You can be seriously
elry or loose clothing. These
the vehicle. If you're unsure about injured whilst performing
can become entangled in mov-
any servicing or maintenance proce- some maintenance proce-
ing parts and result in injury.
dure, have the system serviced by a dures. If you lack sufficient
Therefore, if you must run the
professional workshop. Kia recom- knowledge and experience or
engine whilst working under
mends to visit an authorised Kia the proper tools and equip-
the bonnet, make certain that
dealer/service partner. ment to do the work, have the
you remove all jewelry (espe-
system serviced by a profes-
cially rings, bracelets, watches,
sional workshop. Kia recom-
and necklaces) and all neck-
mends to visit an authorised
ties, scarves, and similar loose
Kia dealer/service partner.
clothing before getting near the
(Continued) engine or cooling fans.
8 6
Maintenance
8 7
Maintenance
8 8
Maintenance
OWNER MAINTENANCE
The following lists are vehicle checks Owner maintenance schedule Whilst operating your vehicle:
and inspections that should be per- • Note any changes in the sound of
formed at the frequencies indicated
When you stop for fuel:
the exhaust or any smell of
to help ensure safe, dependable • Check the engine oil level.
exhaust fumes in the vehicle.
operation of your vehicle. • Check the coolant level in the
• Check for vibrations in the steering
Any adverse conditions should be coolant reservoir.
wheel. Notice any increased steer-
brought to the attention of your deal- • Check the windscreen washer fluid ing effort or looseness in the steer-
er as soon as possible. level. ing wheel, or change in its straight-
These Owner Maintenance Checks • Look for low or under-inflated tyres. ahead position.
are generally not covered by war- • Notice if your vehicle constantly turns
ranties and you may be charged for slightly or “pulls” to one side when
labour, parts and lubricants used. WARNING travelling on smooth, level road.
Be careful when checking your
engine coolant level when the • When stopping, listen and check
engine is hot. Scalding hot for unusual sounds, pulling to one
coolant and steam may blow side, increased brake pedal travel
out under pressure. This could or “hard-to-push” brake pedal.
cause burns or other serious • If any slipping or changes in the
injury. operation of your transaxle occurs,
check the transaxle fluid level.
• Check manual transaxle operation,
including clutch operation.
• Check the automatic transaxle P
(Park) function.
• Check the parking brake.
• Check for fluid leaks under your
vehicle (water dripping from the air
conditioning system during or after
use is normal).
8 9
Maintenance
8 10
Maintenance
8 11
Maintenance
8 12
Maintenance
8 13
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE Miles×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
ITEM Km×1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120
Petrol Nu 2.0L MPI Replace every 15,000 km (10,000 miles) or 12 months
Engine oil and engine oil
Petrol Theta II 2.4L GDI Replace every 15,000 km (10,000 miles) or 12 months
filter *1
Diesel R 2.0L Replace every 15,000 km (10,000 miles) or 12 months
Petrol - I - I - I - I
Drive belts (Engine) *4
Diesel - - - I - I - I
Valve clearance * 5
Petrol Theta II 2.4L GDI - - - - - I - -
Vacuum hoses and
Petrol - I - I - I - I
crankcase ventilation hoses
Nu 2.0L MPI Replace every 150,000 km (100,000 miles)
Spark plugs *6 Petrol
Theta II 2.4L GDI Replace every 150,000 km (100,000 miles)
Automatic transaxle fluid Petrol, Diesel No check, No service required
Manual transaxle fluid *7 Petrol, Diesel - - - I - - - I
Drive shaft and boots Petrol, Diesel - I - I - I - I
8 14
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE Miles×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
ITEM Km×1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120
Propeller shaft Petrol, Diesel - I - I - I - I
Differential oil (rear) (AWD) * 8
Petrol, Diesel - - - I - - - I
Transfer case oil (AWD) *9 Petrol, Diesel - - - I - - - I
Fuel additives (Petrol) * 10
Petrol Add every 15,000 km (10,000 miles) or 12months
Petrol - - - I - - - I
Fuel lines, hoses and connections
Diesel - I - I - I - I
Fuel tank air filter (Petrol) Petrol - I - R - I - R
Vapour hose and fuel filler cap
Petrol - - - I - - - I
(Petrol)
Fuel filler cap (Diesel) Diesel - - - I - - - I
Fuel filter cartridge (Diesel) * 11
Diesel - I - R - I - R
Air cleaner filter Petrol, Diesel I I R I I R I I
Exhaust system Petrol, Diesel - I - I - I - I
8 15
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE Miles×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
ITEM Km×1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120
Cooling system Petrol, Diesel - - - I - I - I
Air conditioner
Petrol, Diesel I I I I I I I I
compressor/refrigerant
Climate control air filter Petrol, Diesel I R I R I R I R
Brake discs and pads Petrol, Diesel - I - I - I - I
Brake lines, hoses and
Petrol, Diesel - I - I - I - I
connections
Brake fluid Petrol, Diesel I R I R I R I R
Parking brake (Foot/Hand type) Petrol, Diesel - I - I - I - I
Steering gear rack, linkage and
Petrol, Diesel I I I I I I I I
boots
Suspension ball joints Petrol, Diesel I I I I I I I I
Tyre (pressure & tread wear) Petrol, Diesel I I I I I I I I
Battery (12V) condition Petrol, Diesel - I - I - I - I
8 16
Maintenance
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions - For Australia and New Zealand
MAINTENANCE DRIVING
MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCE INTERVALS
OPERATION CONDITION
Nu 2.0L
Petrol R Every 7,500 km (5,000 miles) or 6 months
MPI
A, B, C, D,
Engine oil and engine Theta II
Petrol R Every 7,500 km (5,000 miles) or 6 months E, F, G, H,
oil filter 2.4L GDI
I, J, K
Diesel R 2.0L R Every 7,500 km (5,000 miles) or 6 months
Replace more frequently
Spark plugs Petrol R B, H, I, K
depending on the condition
A, C, E, F, G,
Automatic transaxle fluid Petrol, Diesel R Every 90,000 km (60,000 miles)
H, I, J
Inspect more frequently C, D, E, F, G,
Drive shaft and boots Petrol, Diesel I
depending on the condition H, I, J
Inspect more frequently C, D, E, F,
Propeller shaft Petrol, Diesel I
depending on the condition G, H, I, J
Differential oil (rear)
Petrol, Diesel R Every 120,000 km (80,000 miles) C, E, G, H, I, J
(AWD)
Transfer case oil (AWD) Petrol, Diesel R Every 120,000 km (80,000 miles) C, E, G, H, I, J
Replace more frequently
Air cleaner filter Petrol, Diesel R C, E
depending on the condition
Replace more frequently
Climate control air filter Petrol, Diesel R C, E, G
depending on the condition
8 17
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE DRIVING
MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCE INTERVALS
OPERATION CONDITION
Brake discs and pads, Inspect more frequently
Petrol, Diesel I C, D, E, G, H
calipers and rotors depending on the condition
Inspect more frequently
Parking brake (Foot Type) Petrol, Diesel I C, D, G, H
depending on the condition
Steering gear rack, linkage Inspect more frequently
Petrol, Diesel I C, D, E, F, G
and boots depending on the condition
Inspect more frequently
Suspension ball joints Petrol, Diesel I C, D, E, F, G
depending on the condition
Maintenance operation
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.
8 18
Maintenance
8 19
Maintenance
8 20
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE Miles×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
ITEM Km×1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120
Except Middle East, Libia,
Brazil, Central & South Replace every 15,000 km (10,000 miles) or 12 months
Nu 2.0L America, China
Petrol
MPI For Middle East, Libia, Brazil,
Replace every 10,000 km (6,500 miles) or 12 months
Central & South America
For China Replace every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 6 months
Petrol Nu 2.0L FFV Replace every 10,000 km (6,500 miles) or 12 months
Except Middle East, Libia,
Brazil, Central & South Replace every 15,000 km (10,000 miles) or 12 months
Engine oil and engine Theta II America, China
oil filter *1 Petrol 2.4L
For Middle East, Libia, Brazil,
GDI Replace every 10,000 km (6,500 miles) or 12 months
Central & South America
For China Replace every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 6 months
For Russia, Australia, New
Zealand and Republic of Replace every 15,000 km (10,000 miles) or 12 months
South Africa
Diesel R 2.0L
Except Russia, Australia,
New Zealand and Republic Replace every 10,000 km (6,500 miles) or 12 months
of South Africa
8 21
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE Miles×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
ITEM Km×1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120
At first, Replace 210,000 km (140,000 miles) or 120
Coolant (Engine) *3 Petrol, Diesel months after that,
Replace every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24 months
Petrol - I - I - I - I
For Russia Australia,
Drive belts (Engine) *4 and New Zealand and - - - I - I - I
Diesel Republic of South Africa
Except Russia, Australia,
- - - I - I - I
and New Zealand
Valve clearance *5 Petrol Theta II 2.4L GDI - - - - - I - -
Vacuum hoses and
Petrol - I - I - I - I
crankcase ventilation hoses
Nu 2.0L MPI Replace every 150,000 km (100,000 miles)
Spark plugs * 6
Petrol Nu 2.0L FFV Replace every 10,000 km (6,500 miles) or 12 months
Theta II 2.4L GDI Replace every 150,000 km (100,000 miles)
Automatic transaxle fluid Petrol, Diesel No check, No service required
Manual transaxle fluid * 7
Petrol, Diesel - - - I - - - I
Drive shaft and boots Petrol, Diesel - I - I - I - I
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.
8 22
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE Miles×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
ITEM Km×1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120
Propeller shaft Petrol, Diesel - I - I - I - I
Differential oil (rear)
Petrol, Diesel - - - I - - - I
(AWD) *8
Transfer case oil (AWD) *9 Petrol, Diesel - - - I - - - I
For Australia and New
Add every 15,000 km (10,000 miles) or 12months
Zealand
Fuel additives (Petrol) *10 Petrol Except Australia and New
Add every 10,000 km (6,500 miles) or 6months
Zealand, China, Brazil
For China, Brazil Add every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 6months
Fuel filter (Petrol) Petrol For China, Brazil - I - R - I - R
Fuel lines, hoses and con- Petrol - - - I - - - I
nections Diesel - I - I - I - I
Except China - I - R - I - R
Fuel tank air filter (Petrol) Petrol
For China I I R I I R I I
Vapour hose and fuel filler
Petrol - - - I - - - I
cap (Petrol)
Fuel filler cap (Diesel) Diesel - - - I - - - I
8 23
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE Miles×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
ITEM Km×1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120
Fuel filter cartridge
Diesel - I - R - I - R
(Diesel) *11
Except China, India,
I I R I I R I I
Middle East
Air cleaner filter Petrol, Diesel
For China, India, Middle
R R R R R R R R
East
Exhaust system Petrol, Diesel - I - I - I - I
Cooling system Petrol, Diesel - - - I - I - I
Air conditioner compres-
Petrol, Diesel I I I I I I I I
sor/refrigerant
Except Australia and
R R R R R R R R
New Zealand
Climate control air filter Petrol, Diesel
For Australia and New
I R I R I R I R
Zealand
Brake discs and pads Petrol, Diesel - I - I - I - I
Brake lines, hoses and
Petrol, Diesel - I - I - I - I
connections
Brake fluid Petrol, Diesel I R I R I R I R
8 24
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE Miles×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
ITEM Km×1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120
Parking brake
Petrol, Diesel - I - I - I - I
(Foot/Hand type)
Steering gear rack, linkage
Petrol, Diesel I I I I I I I I
and boots
Suspension ball joints Petrol, Diesel I I I I I I I I
Tyre
Petrol, Diesel I I I I I I I I
(pressure & tread wear)
Except Middle East - I - I - I - I
Battery (12V) condition Petrol, Diesel
For Middle East Inspect every 10,000 km (6,500 miles) or 6 months
8 25
Maintenance
8 26
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE DRIVING
MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCE INTERVALS
OPERATION CONDITION
Replace more frequently
Spark plugs Petrol R B, H, I, K
depending on the condition
A, C, E, F, G,
Automatic transaxle fluid Petrol, Diesel R Every 90,000 km (60,000 miles)
H, I, J
Inspect more frequently C, D, E, F, G,
Drive shaft and boots Petrol, Diesel I
depending on the condition H, I, J
Inspect more frequently C, D, E, F,
Propeller shaft Petrol, Diesel I
depending on the condition G, H, I, J
Differential oil (rear) (AWD) Petrol, Diesel R Every 120,000 km (80,000 miles) C, E, G, H, I, J
Transfer case oil (AWD) Petrol, Diesel R Every 120,000 km (80,000 miles) C, E, G, H, I, J
Replace more frequently
Air cleaner filter Petrol, Diesel R C, E
depending on the condition
Replace more frequently
Climate control air filter Petrol, Diesel R C, E, G
depending on the condition
Brake discs and pads, Inspect more frequently
Petrol, Diesel I C, D, E, G, H
calipers and rotors depending on the condition
Inspect more frequently
Parking brake (Foot Type) Petrol, Diesel I C, D, G, H
depending on the condition
Steering gear rack, linkage Inspect more frequently
Petrol, Diesel I C, D, E, F, G
and boots depending on the condition
Inspect more frequently
Suspension ball joints Petrol, Diesel I C, D, E, F, G
depending on the condition
8 27
Maintenance
Maintenance operation
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.
8 28
Maintenance
8 29
Maintenance
8 30
Maintenance
8 31
Maintenance
8 32
Maintenance
8 33
Maintenance
OQLE075099
8 34
Maintenance
■ Petrol Engine (Nu 2.0L - MPI ) Use only the specified engine oil. Changing the engine oil and
(Refer to “Recommended lubricants filter
and capacities” in chapter 9.)
Have the engine oil and filter
replaced by a professional workshop.
Kia recommends to visit an autho-
rised Kia dealer/service partner.
WARNING
OQLE075102
Used engine oil may cause skin
■ Petrol Engine (Theta II 2.4L - GDI) irritation or cancer if left in con-
tact with the skin for prolonged
periods of time. Used engine oil
contains chemicals that have
caused cancer in laboratory
animals. Always protect your
skin by washing your hands
thoroughly with soap and warm
water as soon as possible after
handling used oil.
OQLE075103
If it is near or at L (Low), add enough
oil to bring the level to F (Full). Do
not overfill.
8 35
Maintenance
8 36
Maintenance
WARNING
Used engine oil may cause skin
irritation or cancer if left in con-
OQL078005L tact with the skin for prolonged
If it is near or at L (Low), add enough periods of time. Used engine oil
oil to bring the level to F (Full). Do contains chemicals that have
not overfill. caused cancer in laboratory
animals. Always protect your
Use only the specified engine oil. skin by washing your hands
(Refer to “Recommended lubricants thoroughly with soap and warm
and capacities” in chapter 9.) water as soon as possible after
handling used oil.
8 37
Maintenance
ENGINE COOLANT
The high-pressure cooling system Checking the coolant level (Continued)
has a reservoir filled with year round
antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is When you are sure all the
filled at the factory. WARNING pressure has been released,
Removing radiator press down on the cap, using
Check the antifreeze protection and
cap a thick towel, and continue
coolant level at least once a year, at
turning counterclockwise to
the beginning of the winter season,
remove it.
and before travelling to a colder cli-
mate. • Even if the engine is not oper-
• Never attempt to remove the ating, do not remove the radi-
radiator cap whilst the engine ator cap or the drain plug
CAUTION is operating or hot. Doing so whilst the engine and radiator
• When the engine overheats might lead to cooling system are hot. Hot coolant and
from low engine coolant, sud- and engine damage. Also, hot steam may still blow out
denly adding engine coolant coolant or steam could cause under pressure, causing seri-
may cause cracks in the serious personal injury. ous injury.
engine. To prevent damage, • Turn the engine off and wait
add engine coolant slowly in until it cools down. Use
small quantities. extreme care when removing
• Do not drive with no engine the radiator cap. Wrap a thick
coolant. It may cause water towel around it, and turn it
pump failure and engine counterclockwise slowly to
seizure, etc. the first stop. Step back whilst
the pressure is released from
the cooling system.
(Continued)
8 38
Maintenance
WARNING
The electric motor
(cooling fan) is con-
trolled by engine
coolant temperature,
refrigerant pressure
and vehicle speed. It may some-
times operate even when the
engine is not running. Use
extreme caution when working
near the blades of the cooling OQL078007L OQLE075008
fan so that you are not injured Check the condition and connections If the coolant level is low, add enough
by a rotating fan blades. As the of all cooling system hoses and distilled (deionized) or soft water.
engine coolant temperature heater hoses. Replace any swollen Bring the level to MAX, but do not
decreases, the electric motor or deteriorated hoses. overfill.
will automatically shut off. This
is a normal condition. The coolant level should be filled If frequent additions are required,
between MAX and MIN marks on the have the system inspected by a pro-
If your vehicle is equipped with side of the coolant reservoir when fessional workshop. Kia recom-
GDI, the electric motor (cooling the engine is cool. mends to visit an authorised Kia
fan) may operate until you dis- dealer/service partner.
connect the negative battery
cable.
8 39
Maintenance
8 40
Maintenance
WARNING - Coolant
• Do not use radiator coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir.
• Radiator coolant can severely
obscure visibility when
sprayed on the windscreen
and may cause loss of vehicle
control or damage the paint
and body trim.
8 41
Maintenance
8 42
Maintenance
WASHER FLUID
Checking the washer fluid level
WARNING - Coolant
• Do not use radiator coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir.
• Radiator coolant can severely
obscure visibility when
sprayed on the windscreen
and may cause loss of vehicle
control or damage to paint
and body trim.
• Windscreen Washer fluid
OQL075010 agents contain some amounts
of alcohol and can be flamma-
The reservoir is translucent so that ble under certain circum-
you can check the level with a quick stances. Do not allow sparks
visual inspection. or flame to contact the washer
Check the fluid level in the washer fluid or the washer fluid reser-
fluid reservoir and add fluid if neces- voir. Damage to the vehicle or
sary. Plain water may be used if occupants could occur.
washer fluid is not available. • Windscreen washer fluid is
However, use washer solvent with poisonous to humans and ani-
antifreeze characteristics in cold cli- mals. Do not drink and avoid
mates to prevent freezing. contacting windscreen wash-
er fluid. Serious injury or
death could occur.
8 43
Maintenance
PARKING BRAKE
Checking the parking brake Type B
Type A
OQL076011R
OQL058013R Check the stroke of the parking
Check whether the stroke is within brake by counting the number of
specification when the parking brake “clicks’’ heard whilst fully applying it
pedal is depressed with 20 kg (44 from the released position. Also, the
lbs, 196 N) of force. Also, the parking parking brake alone should securely
brake alone should securely hold the hold the vehicle on a fairly steep
vehicle on a fairly steep grade. If the grade. If the stroke is more or less
stroke is more or less than specified, than specified, have the system
have the system serviced by a pro- serviced by a professional workshop.
fessional workshop. Kia recom- Kia recommends to visit an autho-
mends to visit an authorised Kia rised Kia dealer/service partner.
dealer/service partner.
Stroke : 6~7 “clicks’’ at a force of
Stroke : 4~5 notch 20 kg (44 lbs, 196 N).
8 44
Maintenance
8 45
Maintenance
AIR CLEANER
Filter replacement
OQL075016
OQL075015
8 46
Maintenance
CAUTION
OQL075057 • Do not drive with the air clean-
er removed; this will result in
4. Pull up the lever (1) to the LOCK excessive engine wear.
position.
• When removing the air cleaner
5. Rise up the cover (2) until the filter, be careful that dust or
hooks on the cover are securely dirt does not enter the air
fastened into the latches (3). intake, or damage may result.
6. Check if the cover is firmly • Use parts for replacement
installed. from a professional workshop.
Kia recommends to visit an
authorised Kia dealer/service
partner.
8 47
Maintenance
8 48
Maintenance
OQL075020 OQL075021
3. Remove the climate control air fil- 4. Replace the climate control air fil-
ter cover whilst pressing the lock ter.
on the left side of the cover. 5. Reassemble in the reverse order
of disassembly.
✽ NOTICE
When replacing the climate control
air filter install it properly.
Otherwise, the system may produce
noise and the effectiveness of the fil-
ter may be reduced.
8 49
Maintenance
WIPER BLADES
Blade inspection Contamination of either the wind- Blade replacement
screen or the wiper blades with for- When the wipers no longer clean
eign matter can reduce the effective- adequately, the blades may be worn
ness of the windscreen wipers. or cracked, and require replacement.
Common sources of contamination
are insects, tree sap, and hot wax
treatments used by some commer- CAUTION
cial car washes. If the blades are not To prevent damage to the wiper
wiping properly, clean both the win- arms or other components, do
dow and the blades with a good not attempt to move the wipers
cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse manually.
thoroughly with clean water.
OQL076114R
CAUTION CAUTION
✽ NOTICE To prevent damage to the wiper The use of a non-specified
blades, do not use petrol, wiper blade could result in
Commercial hot waxes applied by kerosene, paint thinner, or other wiper malfunction and failure.
automatic car washes have been solvents on or near them.
known to make the windscreen diffi-
cult to clean.
8 50
Maintenance
OQL076116R
OQL076118R
OQL076115R Type B
Type A 1. Raise the wiper arm.
1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the
wiper blade assembly to expose CAUTION
the plastic locking clip. Do not allow the wiper arm to
fall against the windscreen,
CAUTION since it may chip or crack the
OQL076117R windscreen.
Do not allow the wiper arm to
fall against the windscreen, 2. Compress the clip and slide the
since it may chip or crack the blade assembly downward.
windscreen. 3. Lift it off the arm.
4. Install the blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal.
8 51
Maintenance
OQL076119R
OSBL071002R
4. Push down the wiper arm (3) and OHM078062
install the new blade assembly in
the reverse order of removal. 1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out
the wiper blade assembly.
5. Return the wiper arm on the wind-
screen.
OSBL071003R
2. Turn the wiper blade clip. Then lift
up the blade clip.
3. Push the clip (1) and push up the
wiper arm (2).
8 52
Maintenance
OHM078063
2. Install the new blade assembly by
inserting the centre part into the
slot in the wiper arm until it clicks
into place.
3. Make sure the blade assembly is
installed firmly by trying to pull it
slightly.
To prevent damage to the wiper arms
or other components, have the wiper
blade replaced by a professional
workshop. Kia recommends to visit
an authorised Kia dealer/service
partner.
8 53
Maintenance
BATTERY
For best battery service ✽ NOTICE
Basically equipped battery is main- WARNING - Battery
tenance free type. If your vehicle is dangers
equipped with the battery marked Always read the follow-
with LOWER and UPPER on the ing instructions carefully
side, you can check the electrolyte when handling a battery.
level. The electrolyte level should be Keep lighted cigarettes
between LOWER and UPPER. If and all other flames or
the electrolyte level is low, it needs to sparks away from the
add distilled (demineralized) water battery.
(Never add sulfuric acid or other
electrolyte). When refill, be careful Hydrogen, a highly com-
not to splash the battery and adja- bustible gas, is always
OQL075022R
cent components. And do not over- present in battery cells
• Keep the battery securely mounted. fill the battery cells. It can cause cor- and may explode if ignit-
• Keep the battery top clean and dry. rosion on other parts. After then ed.
ensure that tighten the cell caps. Keep batteries out of the
• Keep the terminals and connec- Contact a professional workshop.
tions clean, tight, and coated with reach of children
Kia recommends to visit an autho- because batteries con-
petroleum jelly or terminal grease. rised Kia dealer/service partner.
• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from tain highly corrosive
the battery immediately with a SULFURIC ACID. Do not
solution of water and baking soda. allow battery acid to
contact your skin, eyes,
• If the vehicle is not going to be clothing or paint finish.
used for an extended time, discon-
nect the battery cables. (Continued)
8 54
Maintenance
8 55
Maintenance
8 56
Maintenance
CAUTION
• Keep the battery away from
water or any liquid.
• For your safety, use parts for
replacement from a profes-
sional workshop. Kia recom-
mends to visit an authorised
Kia dealer/service partner.
8 57
Maintenance
8 58
Maintenance
8 59
Maintenance
8 60
Maintenance
8 61
Maintenance
CBGQ0707A
8 62
Maintenance
8 63
Maintenance
8 64
Maintenance
8 65
Maintenance
8 66
Maintenance
8 67
Maintenance
8 68
Maintenance
8 69
Maintenance
CAUTION CAUTION
Because the sidewall of the low • It is not easy to recognize the
aspect ratio tyre is shorter than tyre damage with your own
the normal, the wheel and tyre eyes. But if there is the slight-
of the low aspect ratio tyre is est hint of tyre damage, even
easier to be damaged. So, follow though you cannot see the
the instructions below. tyre damage with your own
• When driving on a rough road eyes, have the tyre checked or
or off road, drive cautiously replaced because the tyre
because tyres and wheels damage may cause air leak-
may be damaged. And after age from the tyre.
driving, inspect tyres and • If the tyre is damaged by driv-
wheels. ing on a rough road, off road,
• When passing over a pothole, pothole, manhole, or kerb
speed bump, manhole, or kerb stone, it will not be covered by
stone, drive slowly so that the the warranty.
tyres and wheels are not dam- • You can find out the tyre infor-
aged. mation on the tyre sidewall.
• If the tyre is impacted, inspect
the tyre condition or contact a
professional workshop. Kia rec-
ommends to visit an authorised
Kia dealer/service partner.
• To prevent damage to the tyre,
inspect the tyre condition and
pressure every 3,000km.
8 70
Maintenance
FUSES
■ Blade type A vehicle’s electrical system is pro- Three kinds of fuses are used: blade
tected from electrical overload dam- type for lower amperage rating, car-
age by fuses. tridge type, and multi fuse for higher
This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels, amperage ratings.
one located in the driver’s side panel
bolster, the others in the engine com- WARNING - Fuse
■ Cartridge type partment near the battery.
replacement
If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces- • Never replace a fuse with any-
sories, or controls do not work, check thing but another fuse of the
the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse same rating.
has blown, the element inside the
fuse will melt. • A higher capacity fuse could
cause damage and possibly a
■ Multi fuse If the electrical system does not fire.
work, first check the driver’s side
fuse panel. • Never install a wire or aluminum
foil instead of the proper fuse
Before replacing a blown fuse, dis- even as a temporary repair. It
connect the negative battery cable. may cause extensive wiring
Always replace a blown fuse with damage and a possible fire.
■ BFT one of the same rating. • Do not arbitrarily modify or add-
If the replacement fuse blows, this on electric wiring of the vehicle.
indicates an electrical problem. Avoid
using the system involved and imme-
diately consult a professional work-
shop. Kia recommends to consult an
authorised Kia dealer/service partner.
OJF075021
❈ Left side : Normal
Right side : Blown
8 71
Maintenance
8 72
Maintenance
✽ NOTICE - Random wiring pro- ✽ NOTICE - Remodeling Inner panel fuse replacement
hibited when retrofitting equip- Prohibited
ment Do not try remodeling the vehicle in
Use of random wiring in the vehicle any way. It is illegal, and may affect
might cause danger due to failure the vehicle’s performance, durabili-
and damage of the vehicle’s per- ty, and safety. Warranty is also not
formance. provided for problems caused by
Using random wires especially when remodeling.
retrofitting AVN or theft alarm sys- Be aware of safety problems caused
tem, remote engine control, car by remodeling the vehicle with unau-
phone or radio might damage the thorised electrical devices(lamp,
vehicle or cause fire. black box, electrical equipment,
diagnostic device, communication OQL078023R
device, etc.). It might cause malfunc-
tion of the vehicle, wiring damage, 1. Turn the ignition switch and all
battery discharge, connector dam- other switches off.
age, or fire. the vehicle or cause fire. 2. Open the fuse panel cover.
If the switch is located in the “OFF”,
✽ NOTICE - Window tinting pre- caution will be displayed in the cluster.
caution
Window tint(especially metallic film)
might cause communication disorder
or poor radio reception, and mal-
function of the automatic lighting
system due to excessive change of
illumination inside the vehicle. The
solution used might also flow into
electric, electronic devices causing
disorder and failure.
8 73
Maintenance
8 74
Maintenance
8 75
Maintenance
8 76
Maintenance
OQL078029R OQL075032
■ Engine compartment fuse panel
Inside the fuse/relay panel covers,
you can find the fuse/relay label
describing fuse/relay name and
capacity.
OQL075030
8 77
Maintenance
OQL078081L
8 78
Maintenance
2
MODULE 2 MODULE
10A -
1
SMART KEY 1 SMART KEY
10A Smart Key Control Module/Immobiliser Module
Instrument Cluster
IND [Audio & Manual A/C] Hazard Switch
A/BAG IND 7.5A
[Audio & Auto A/C] A/C Control Module
[Navigation] Centre Facia Lamp
4 Console Switch, Blind Spot Detection Radar LH/RH, AWD ECM, Crash Pad Switch, BCM,
MODULE 4 MODULE
10A
Smart Parking Assist Control Module, Lane Departure Warning Control Module
[W/O Smart Key & IMMO.] ICM Relay Box (Burglar Alarm Relay)
START 7.5A [With Smart Key / IMMO.] Transaxle Range Switch, ECM, Ignition Lock & Clutch Switch,
Smart Key Control Module, E/R Junction Block (RLY. 11 - Start Relay)
Front/Rear Seat Warmer Control Module, ATM Shift Lever ILL., Front Air Ventilation Seat
3 Control Module, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Auto Head Lamp Levelling Device Module,
MODULE 3 MODULE
10A
Electro Chromic Mirror, Crash Pad Switch, A/C Control Module, Multipurpose Check
Connector, Head Lamp Levelling Device Actuator LH/RH
9
MODULE 9 MODULE
20A PCB Block (Fuse - AEB, MODULE, ABS 3, ECU 6, TCU 2)
8 79
Maintenance
6
MODULE 6 MODULE
7.5A Front/Rear Seat Warmer Control Module, Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module
5
MODULE 5 MODULE
10A BCM, Smart Key Control Module
2
A/CON 2 7.5A A/C Control Module
1
MODULE 1 MODULE
10A BCM, ATM Shift Lever
LH
P/ WINDOW LH 25A Power Window Main Switch, Passenger Power Window Switch
1 A/C Control Module, Cluster Ionizer, E/R Junction Block (RLY.4-PTC Heater Relay #3,
A/CON 1 7.5A
RLY.5-PTC Heater Relay #2, RLY.13-Blower Relay)
RR WIPER 15A Rear Wiper Motor, ICM Relay Box (Rear Wiper Relay)
STOP LAMP STOP 7.5A Smart Key Control Module, Stop Lamp Switch
LAMP
RH
P/ WINDOW RH 25A Power Window Main Switch, Passenger Power Window Switch
8 80
Maintenance
1
SUN ROOF 1 20A Panorama Sunroof
Ignition Key Ill.& Door Warning Switch, Room Lamp, Overhead Console Lamp, Front Vanity
INTERIOR LAMP 10A
Lamp LH/RH, Rear Personal Lamp LH/RH, Luggage Lamp, Glove Box Lamp
2
SMART KEY 2 SMART KEY
15A Smart Key Control Module
8
MODULE 8 MODULE
7.5A Key Solenoid
MULTI MEDIA MULTI 15A Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Rear USB Charger
MEDIA
FRT
S/HEATER FRT 20A Front Seat Warmer Control Module, Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module
2
SUN ROOF 2 20A Panorama Sunroof
PASS
P/SEAT PASS 30A Passenger Seat Manual Switch
RR
RR FOG LAMP 10A ICM Relay Box (Rear Fog Lamp Relay)
8 81
Maintenance
POWER OUTLET POWER 20A Front Power Outlet #1 (Front Cigarette Lighter)
OUTLET
REAR
S/HEATER RR 20A Rear Seat Warmer Control Module
7
MODULE 7 MODULE
10A Hazard Switch, Driver/Passenger Smart Key Outside Handle, AEB Sensor
DRV
P/SEAT DRV 30A Driver Seat Manual Switch
Rear USB Charger, AMP, Low DC-DC Converter(AMP/Audio), Power Outside Mirror Switch,
ACC ACC 10A PCB Block(Power Outlet Relay), Smart Key Control Module, Audio, A/V & Navigation Head
Unit, BCM, Wireless Charger
8 82
Maintenance
OQL078080L
8 83
Maintenance
OQL075033
8 84
Maintenance
1 Smart Junction Block (IPS 2 (5CH), IPS 3 (2CH), IPS 4 (2CH), IPS 5 (2CH), IPS 6
B+ 1 60A
(1CH), Fuse - AMP)
2 Smart Junction Block (IPS 1 (5CH), Fuse - SMART KEY 3, STOP LAMP, SMART KEY
B+ 2 60A
2, MODULE 8 , RR FOG LAMP, MODULE 7)
3 Smart Junction Block (Fuse - SUN ROOF 1, S/HEATER FRT, SUN ROOF 2, S/HEATER
B+ 3 50A
RR, SAFETY P/WINDOW, Power Window Relay (Fuse - P/ WINDOW LH, P/ WINDOW RH))
1
PTC HEATER 1 PTC 50A RLY. 6 (PTC Heater 1 Relay)
HEATER
2
PTC HEATER 2 PTC 50A RLY. 5 (PTC Heater 2 Relay)
HEATER
3
PTC HEATER 3 PTC 50A RLY. 4 (PTC Heater 3 Relay)
HEATER
8 85
Maintenance
1
ABS 1 40A ABS/ESC Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector
FUEL FILTER
30A RLY. 10 (Fuel Filter Heater Relay)
HEATER
2
ABS 2 40A ABS/ESC Control Module
2
COOLING FAN 2 40A RLY.1 (Cooling Fan 1 Relay), RLY. 9 (Cooling Fan 2 Relay)
FUSE
INVERTER INVERTER 40A Oil Pump Inverter
DCU1, E-CVVT 1 20A [THETA-II 2.4 GDI] PCM, Dosing Control Unit1
DCU2, E-CVVT 2 20A [THETA-II 2.4 GDI] PCM, Dosing Control Unit2
1
E-CVVT 1 E-CVVT 20A [THETA-II 2.4L GDI] PCM
2
E-CVVT 2 E-CVVT 20A [THETA-II 2.4L GDI] PCM
F1
WIPER 1 30A [W/O Smart Key] Ignition Switch, [With Smart Key] PDM (IG2) Relay
8 86
Maintenance
F2
WIPER 2 10A BCM
E3
ECU 3 20A [NU 2.0L MPI/THETA-II 2.4L GDI/NU 2.0L FFV] PCM/ECM
BMS BATTERY 10A [NU 2.0L MPI/NU 2.0L FFV] Battery Sensor
MANAGEMENT
[R 2.0L] Fuel Pump Relay, Crankshaft Position Sensor, EGR Cooling Bypass Solenoid
Valve, Mass Air Flow Sensor, Oil Pump Solenoid Valve, E/R Junction Block (RLY. 6 -
PTC Heater 1 Relay)
FUSE S2 [NU 2.0L MPI/NU 2.0L FFV] Fuel Pump Relay, Oil Control Valve #2, Variable Intake
SENSOR 2 10A
Solenoid Valve, Camshaft Position Sensor #1/#2, Sub Fuel Solenoid Valve, E/R Junction
Block (RLY. 14 - Sub Fuel Pump Relay)
[THETA-II 2.4L GDI] Fuel Pump Relay, Oil Control Valve, Purge Control Solenoid Valve,
Variable Intake Solenoid Valve
[R 2.0L] Lambda Sensor #1/#2, Electronic VGT Actuator, Rail Pressurere Regulating
Valve, Fuel Pressure Regulating Valve, PM(Particulate Matter) Sensor
S1
SENSOR 1 15A [NU 2.0L MPI/NU 2.0L FFV] Oxygen Sensor (Up/Down), Purge Control Solenoid Valve,
Oil Control Valve #1
[THETA-II 2.4L GDI] Oxygen Sensor (Up/Down)
E2 [R 2.0L] ECM, [NU 2.0L MPI/NU 2.0L FFV] Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4, Condenser,
ECU 2 20A
[THETA-II 2.4L GDI] Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4
E4
ECU 4 15A PCM/ECM
8 87
Maintenance
B/A HORN 10A E/R Junction Block (RLY. 7 - B/A Horn Relay)
3
ABS 3 10A ABS/ESC Control Module
1
P/OUTLET 1 POWER
OUTLET
20A Front Power Outlet #2
E6
ECU 6 10A PCM/ECM
8 88
Maintenance
B/UP LAMP B/UP 10A Rear Bumper Lamp LH/RH, Electro Chromic Mirror
LAMP
FUSE
2
P/OUTLET 2 POWER
OUTLET
20A Rear Power Outlet
E1
ECU 1 30A Engine Control Relay
8 89
Maintenance
Relay
Symbol Relay Name Type
1
Cooling Fan 1 Relay MINI
8 90
Maintenance
LIGHT BULBS
Bulb replacement precaution
WARNING CAUTION
Please prepare bulbs with appropriate
standards in case of emergencies. Be sure to replace the burned- • If unauthentic parts or sub-
Refer to “Bulb Wattage” in chapter 9. out bulb with one of the same standard lights are used when
wattage rating. Otherwise, it changing lights, it may lead to
When changing bulbs and sorts, first fuse disconnection and mal-
may cause extensive wiring
turn off the engine at a safe place, function, and other wiring
damage and possible fire.
firmly apply the side brake and take damages.
out the battery's negative (-) terminal.
• Do not install extra lamps or
CAUTION LED to the vehicle. If supple-
WARNING - Working on mentary lights are installed, it
the lights If you don't have necessary may lead to lamp malfunction
Prior to working on the light, tools, the correct bulbs and the and flickering of the lights. In
firmly apply the parking brake, expertise, consult a profession- addition, the fuse box and
ensure that the ignition switch al workshop. Kia recommends other writing may be damaged.
is turned to the LOCK position to consult an authorised Kia
and turn off the lights to avoid dealer/service partner. In many
sudden movement of the vehi- cases, it is difficult to replace
cle and burning your fingers or vehicle light bulbs because
receiving an electric shock. other parts of the vehicle must
be removed before you can get
to the bulb. This is especially
Use only the bulbs of the specified true if you have to remove the
wattage. headlight assembly to get to the
bulb(s). Removing/ installing the
headlight assembly can result
in damage to the vehicle.
8 91
Maintenance
8 92
Maintenance
OQL078039L OQL078053L
8 93
Maintenance
OQL078043L OQL078046L
■ Rear turn signal & Back up lamp – Type A ■ High mounted stop lamp
OQL078070L OQL078084L
8 94
Maintenance
Light bulb position (Side) Headlamp (High/Low beam) 5. Install a new bulb-socket assem-
bulb replacement bly in the headlamp assembly by
■ Type A
aligning the tabs on the bulb-sock-
et with the slots in the headlamp
assembly. Push the bulb-socket
into the headlamp assembly and
turn the bulb-socket clockwise.
6. Install the headlamp bulb cover by
turning it clockwise.
OQL075047
■ Type B
OQL075049
8 95
Maintenance
8 96
Maintenance
4. Insert a new bulb by inserting it Position lamp + DRL bulb 4. Insert a new bulb by inserting it
into the bulb-socket and rotating it replacement into the bulb-socket and rotating it
until it locks into place. until it locks into place.
5. Install the socket in the headlamp 5. Install the socket in the headlamp
assembly by aligning the tabs on assembly by aligning the tabs on
the bulb-socket with the slots in the bulb-socket with the slots in
the assembly. Push the bulb-sock- the assembly. Push the bulb-sock-
et into the headlamp assembly et into the headlamp assembly
and turn the socket clockwise. and turn the socket clockwise.
OQL075051
8 97
Maintenance
Front fog lamp (Bulb and LED Stop and tail lamp bulb
type) bulb replacement replacement
■ Type A
OQL075060
OQL078089L 4. Remove the rear combination
■ Type B
OQL075059
lamp assembly from the body of
the vehicle.
1. Open the tailgate. 5. Disconnect the rear combination
2. Open the service cover. lamp connector.
3. Loosen the light assembly retain-
ing screws with a cross-tip screw-
driver.
OQL078088L
8 98
Maintenance
9. Install the socket in the assembly Tail lamp (inside) bulb replace-
by aligning the tabs on the socket ment
with the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
10. Install the rear combination lamp
assembly to the body of the vehi-
cle.
11. Install the service cover.
OQL075061
6. Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket OQL075062
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on 1. Open the tailgate.
the assembly. 2. Remove the service cover.
7. Remove the bulb from the socket by
pressing it in and rotating it counter-
clockwise until the tabs on the bulb
align with the slots in the socket.
Pull the bulb out of the socket.
8. Insert a new bulb by inserting it
into the socket and rotating it until
it locks into place.
8 99
Maintenance
6. Install the socket in the assembly Stop and tail lamp (LED type)
by aligning the tabs on the socket bulb replacement
with the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
7. Install the service cover by putting
it into the service hole.
OQL075063
3. Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket OQL078069L
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on If the stop and tail lamp (LED) does
the assembly. not operate, have your vehicle
4. Remove the bulb from the socket checked by a professional workshop.
by pressing it in and rotating it Kia recommends to visit an autho-
counter-clockwise until the tabs on rised Kia dealer/service partner.
the bulb align with the slots in the
socket. Pull the bulb out of the
socket.
5. Insert a new bulb by inserting it
into the socket and rotating it until
it locks into place.
8 100
Maintenance
Back-up lamp and Rear turn High mounted stop lamp bulb License plate lamp bulb
signal lamp bulb replacement replacement replacement
OQL075064
OQL078090L OQL075071
If the Back-up lamp and Rear turn If the high mounted stop lamp (LED)
signal lamp does not operate, have does not operate, have your vehicle
your vehicle checked by a profes- checked by a professional workshop.
sional workshop. Kia recommends to Kia recommends to visit an autho-
visit an authorised Kia dealer/service rised Kia dealer/service partner.
partner.
OQL075065
8 101
Maintenance
2. Remove the socket from the Side repeater lamp (LED type) Side repeater lamp (Bulb type)
assembly by turning the socket bulb replacement bulb replacement
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
3. Remove the bulb from bulb-socket
by pulling it out.
4. Insert a new bulb by inserting it
into the bulb-socket.
5. Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise. OQL075047L OQL075048L
6. Align the lens cover tabs with the If the side repeater lamp (LED type) 1. Remove the lamp assembly from
lamp housing notches and snap does not operate, have your vehicle the vehicle by prying the lens and
the lens into place. checked by a professional workshop. pulling the assembly out.
Kia recommends to visit an autho- 2. Disconnect the bulb electrical con-
rised Kia dealer/service partner. nector.
3. Separate the socket and the lens
parts by turning the socket coun-
terclockwise until the tabs on the
socket align with the slots on the
lens part.
8 102
Maintenance
4. Remove the bulb by pulling it Map lamp bulb replacement Vanity mirror lamp bulb
straight out. replacement
5. Insert a new bulb in the socket.
6. Reassemble the socket and the
lens part.
7. Connect the bulb electrical con-
nector.
8. Reinstall the lamp assembly to the
body of the vehicle.
OQL075066
OQL078067R
If the map lamp (bulb and LED type)
does not operate, have your vehicle
checked by a professional workshop. WARNING
Kia recommends to visit an autho-
Prior to working on the Interior
rised Kia dealer/service partner.
lamps, ensure that the “OFF”
button is depressed to avoid
burning your fingers or receiv-
ing an electric shock.
8 103
Maintenance
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, Room lamp bulb replacement 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,
gently pry the lamp assembly from gently pry the lens cover from
interior. lamp housing.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out. straight out.
3. Install a new bulb in the socket. 3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
4. Install the lamp assembly to interior. 4. Align the lens cover tabs with the
lamp housing notches and snap
the lens into place.
CAUTION
Be careful not to dirty or dam-
age the lens, lens tab, and plas- CAUTION
tic housings. OQL075068 Be careful not to dirty or dam-
age the lens, lens tab, and plas-
tic housings.
WARNING
Prior to working on the Interior
lamps, ensure that the “OFF”
button is depressed to avoid
burning your fingers or receiv-
ing an electric shock.
8 104
Maintenance
OQL075054
8 105
Maintenance
✽ NOTICE
If the LED lamp does not operate,
have your vehicle checked by a pro-
fessional workshop. Kia recom-
mends to visit an authorised Kia
dealer/service partner.
OQL075056
8 106
Maintenance
APPEARANCE CARE
Exterior care Finish maintenance
Washing CAUTION
Exterior general caution
To help protect your vehicle’s finish • Do not use strong soap, chem-
It is very important to follow the label ical detergents or hot water,
directions when using any chemical from rust and deterioration, wash it
thoroughly and frequently at least and do not wash the vehicle in
cleaner or polish. Read all warning direct sunlight or when the
and caution statements that appear once a month with lukewarm or cold
water. body of the vehicle is warm.
on the label.
If you use your vehicle for off-road • Be careful when washing the
driving, you should wash it after each side windows of your vehicle.
off-road trip. Pay special attention to Especially, with high-pressure
the removal of any accumulation of water, water may leak through
salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign mate- the windows and wet the inte-
rials. Make sure the drain holes in the rior.
lower edges of the doors and rocker • To prevent damage to the
panels are kept clear and clean. plastic parts and lamps, do
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings, not clean with chemical sol-
industrial pollution and similar vents or strong detergents.
deposits can damage your vehicle’s
finish if not removed immediately.
Even prompt washing with plain water
may not completely remove all these WARNING - Wet brakes
deposits. A mild soap, safe for use on After washing the vehicle, test
painted surfaces, may be used. the brakes whilst driving slowly
After washing, rinse the vehicle thor- to see if they have been affected
oughly with lukewarm or cold water. by water. If braking performance
Do not allow soap to dry on the finish. is impaired, dry the brakes by
applying them lightly whilst
maintaining a slow forward
speed.
8 107
Maintenance
8 108
Maintenance
8 109
Maintenance
8 110
Maintenance
High-corrosion areas For all these reasons, it is particular- Keep your vehicle clean
If you live in an area where your vehi- ly important to keep your vehicle The best way to prevent corrosion is
cle is regularly exposed to corrosive clean and free of mud or accumula- to keep your vehicle clean and free
materials, corrosion protection is par- tions of other materials. This applies of corrosive materials. Attention to
ticularly important. Some of the com- not only to the visible surfaces but the underside of the vehicle is partic-
mon causes of accelerated corrosion particularly to the underside of the ularly important.
are road salts, dust control chemicals, vehicle.
ocean air and industrial pollution.
To help prevent corrosion • If you live in a high-corrosion area
— where road salts are used, near
Moisture breeds corrosion You can help prevent corrosion from the ocean, areas with industrial pol-
Moisture creates the conditions in getting started by observing the fol- lution, acid rain, etc.—, you should
which corrosion is most likely to lowing: take extra care to prevent corrosion.
occur. For example, corrosion is In winter, hose off the underside of
accelerated by high humidity, partic- your vehicle at least once a month
ularly when temperatures are just and be sure to clean the underside
above freezing. In such conditions, thoroughly when winter is over.
the corrosive material is kept in con- • When cleaning underneath the
tact with the vehicle’s surface by vehicle, give particular attention to
moisture that evaporate slowly. the components under the fenders
Mud is particularly corrosive and other areas that are hidden
because it dries slowly and holds from view. Do a thorough job; just
moisture in contact with the vehicle. dampening the accumulated mud
Although the mud appears to be dry, rather than washing it away will
it can still retain moisture and pro- accelerate corrosion rather than
mote corrosion. prevent it. Water under high pres-
High temperatures can also acceler- sure and steam are particularly
ate corrosion of parts that are not effective in removing accumulated
properly ventilated so the moisture mud and corrosive materials.
can be dispersed.
8 111
Maintenance
• When cleaning lower door panels, Keep paint and trim in good con- Interior care
rocker panels and frame members, dition
be sure that drain holes are kept
Interior general precautions
Scratches or chips in the finish
open so that moisture can escape Prevent chemicals such as perfume,
should be covered with "touch-up"
and not be trapped inside to accel- cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand clean-
paint as soon as possible to reduce
erate corrosion. er, and air freshener from contacting
the possibility of corrosion. If bare
the interior parts because they may
metal is showing through, the atten-
cause damage or discoloration. If
Keep your garage dry tion of a qualified body and paint
they do contact the interior parts,
shop is recommended.
Don't park your vehicle in a damp, wipe them off immediately. If neces-
poorly ventilated garage. This cre- sary, use a vinyle cleaner, see
ates a favorable environment for cor- Bird droppings : Bird droppings are instructions for correct usage.
rosion. This is particularly true if you highly corrosive and may damage
wash your vehicle in the garage or painted surfaces in just a few hours. CAUTION
drive it into the garage when it is still Always remove bird droppings as
wet or covered with snow, ice or soon as possible. Never allow water or other liq-
mud. Even a heated garage can con- uids to come in contact with
tribute to corrosion unless it is well electrical/electronic compo-
ventilated so moisture is dispersed. Don't neglect the interior nents inside the vehicle as this
Moisture can collect under the floor may damage them.
mats and carpeting and cause corro-
sion. Check under the mats periodi-
cally to be sure the carpeting is dry.
Use particular care if you carry fertil-
izers, cleaning materials or chemi-
cals in the vehicle.
These should be carried only in prop-
er containers and any spills or leaks
should be cleaned up, flushed with
clean water and thoroughly dried.
8 112
Maintenance
Fabric seat cover (If equipped) Taking care of leather seats Cleaning the leather seats
Please clean the fabric seats regu- • Vacuum the seat periodically to • Remove all contaminations instant-
larly with a vacuum cleaner in con- remove dust and sand on the seat. ly. Refer to instructions below for
sideration of fabric material charac- It will prevent abrasion or damage of removal of each contaminant.
teristics. If they are heavily soiled the leather and maintain its quality. • Cosmetic products(sunscreen,
with beverage stains, etc., use a suit- • Wipe the natural leather seat cover foundation, etc.)
able interior cleaner. To prevent dam- often with dry or soft cloth.
age to seat covers, wipe off the seat - Apply cleansing cream on a cloth
covers down to the seams with a • Sufficient use of a leather protec- and wipe the contaminated point.
large wiping motion and moderate tive may prevent abrasion of the Wipe off the cream with a wet
pressure using a soft sponge or cover and helps maintain the cloth and remove water with a dry
microfiber cloth. colour. cloth.
Velcro closures on clothing or sharp Be sure to read the instructions • Beverages(coffee, soft drink, etc.)
objects may cause snagging or and consult a specialist when - Apply a small amount of neutral
scratches on the surface of the using leather coating or protective detergent and wipe until contami-
seats. agents. nations do not smear.
Make sure not to rub such objects • Leather with bright colours(beige, • Oil
against the surface. cream beige) is easily contaminat-
ed and clear in appearance. Clean - Remove oil instantly with
the seats frequently. absorbable cloth and wipe with
stain remover for natural leather
• Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may only.
cause the surface to crack.
• Chewing gum
- Harden the gum with ice and
remove gradually.
8 113
Maintenance
8 114
Maintenance
8 115
Maintenance
8 116
Maintenance
• Do not operate the engine in con- Operating precautions for catalyt- Your vehicle is equipped with a cat-
fined or closed areas (such as ic converters (if equipped) alytic converter emission control
garages) any more than what is device.
necessary to move the vehicle in or Therefore, the following precautions
out of the area. WARNING - Fire
must be observed:
• When the vehicle is stopped in an • A hot exhaust system can
ignite flammable items under • Make sure to refuel your vehicle
open area for more than a short according to the "Fuel require-
time with the engine running, your vehicle. Do not park the
vehicle over or near flamma- ments" suggested in chapter 1.
adjust the ventilation system (as
needed) to draw outside air into the ble objects, such as grass, • Do not operate the vehicle when
vehicle. vegetation, paper, leaves, etc. there are signs of engine malfunc-
• The exhaust system and cat- tion, such as misfire or a noticeable
• Never sit in a parked or stopped loss of performance.
vehicle for any extended time with alytic system are very hot
the engine running. whilst the engine is running or • Do not misuse or abuse the
immediately after the engine engine. Examples of misuse are
• When the engine stalls or fails to is turned off. Keep away from coasting with the ignition off and
start, excessive attempts to restart the exhaust system and cat- descending steep grades in gear
the engine may cause damage to alytic, you may get burned. with the ignition off.
the emission control system.
Also, do not remove the heat • Do not operate the engine at high
sink around the exhaust sys- idle speed for extended periods (5
tem, do not seal the bottom of minutes or more).
the vehicle or do not coat the
vehicle for corrosion control.
It may present a fire risk under
certain conditions.
8 117
Maintenance
• Do not modify or tamper with any Diesel Particulate Filter When the malfunction indicator light
part of the engine or emission con- (if equipped) blinks, it may stop blinking by driving
trol system. All inspections and The Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) the vehicle at more than 60 km/h (37
adjustments must be made by a system removes the soot in the mph) or at more than second gear
professional workshop. Kia recom- exhaust gas. with 1500 ~ 2500 engine rpm for a
mends to visit an authorised Kia Unlike a disposable air filter, the DPF certain time (for about 25 minutes).
dealer/service centre. system automatically burns (oxidizes) If the malfunction indicator light ( )
• Avoid driving with an extremely low and removes the accumulated soot continues to be blinked or the warn-
fuel level. Running out of fuel could according to the driving condition. In ing massage "Check exhaust sys-
cause the engine to misfire, dam- other words, the active burning by tem" illuminates in spite of the proce-
aging the catalytic converter. engine control system and high dure, visit a professional workshop
exhaust gas temperature caused by and check the DPF system. Kia rec-
Failure to observe these precautions ommends to visit an authorised Kia
could result in damage to the catalyt- normal/high driving condition burns
and removes the accumulated soot. dealer/service partner.
ic converter and to your vehicle.
However, if the vehicle continues to If you continue to drive with the mal-
Additionally, such actions could void function indicator light blinking for a
be driven at repeated short distance
your warranties. long time, the DPF system can be
or driven at low speed for a long
time, the accumulated soot may not damaged and the engine durability
be automatically removed because can be worsen by oil dilution.
of low exhaust gas temperature.
More than a certain amount of soot
deposited, the malfunction indicator
light ( ) illuminates.
8 118
Maintenance
8 119
Specifications & Consumer information
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Gross vehicle weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Luggage volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Air conditioning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Bulb wattage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Tyres and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Recommended lubricants and capacities. . . . . . . . 9-8
• Recommended SAE viscosity number. . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . 9-11
Vehicle certification label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11
Tyre specification and pressure label . . . . . . . . . . 9-12
Engine number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12
Air conditioner compressor label . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13
Refrigerant label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13
Declaration of conformity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13
Fuel label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14
• Gasoline (Petrol) engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14
• Diesel engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14
9
Specifications & Consumer information
DIMENSIONS
Item 5 seater
4,485 mm
Overall length
(GT LINE : 4,495mm)
Overall width 1,855 mm
1,645 mm
Without Roof rack
(Western Europe 1,635mm)
Overall height
1,655mm
With Roof rack
(Western Europe 1,645mm)
225/60 R17 1,613 mm
Front 225/55 R18 1,613 mm
245/45 R19 1,609 mm
Tread
225/60 R17 1,625 mm
Rear 225/55 R18 1,625 mm
245/45 R19 1,620 mm
Wheelbase 2,670 mm
9 2
Specifications & Consumer information
ENGINE
Petrol Diesel
Item
2.0 MPI 2.4 GDI 2.0 TCI
Displacement
1,999 2,359 1,995
[cc]
Bore x Stroke
81.0 x 97.0 88.0 x 97.0 84.0 x 90.0
[mm]
Firing order 1-3-4-2 1-3-4-2 1-3-4-2
No. of cylinders 4 In-line, DOHC 4 In-line, DOHC 4 In-line, DOHC
9 3
Specifications & Consumer information
LUGGAGE VOLUME
Item Volume
MIN. 491 (Temp) 466L (Full)
VDA
MAX. 1,480 (Temp) 1,455L (Full)
Min : Behind rear seat to upper edge of the seat back.
Max : Behind front seat to roof.
We recommend that you contact an authorised Kia dealer for more details.
9 4
Specifications & Consumer information
BULB WATTAGE
Light Bulb Wattage (W) Bulb type
Headlamps (Low) 60 HB3
Headlamps (Low) - LED type* LED LED
Headlamps (High) 60 HB3
Front turn signal lamps 21 PY21W
Front turn signal lamps - LED type* LED LED
Bulb type 5 P21/5W
Front Front position lamps
LED type* LED LED
Bulb type 21 P21/5W
Daytime running light
LED type* LED LED
Bulb type 51 HB4
Front fog lamps*
LED type LED LED
Side Repeater lamps 5 WY5W
Rear Stop/Tail lamps (outside) 21/5 P21/5W
Rear tail lamps (Inside) Bulb type 5 P21/5W
Rear fog lamps (Inside) 21 PR21W
Rear Stop/Tail lamps (outside) LED LED
LED type
Rear tail lamps (Inside) LED LED
Rear
Rear fog lamps (Inside)* 21 PR21W
Rear turn signal lamps 21 PY21W
Back-up lamps 21 P21W
High mounted stop lamp LED LED
License plate lamps 5 W5W
(Continued)
* If equipped
9 5
Specifications & Consumer information
(Continued)
9 6
Specifications & Consumer information
225/60R17 7.0JX17 99 775 H 210 240 (35) 240 (35) 240 (35) 240 (35)
Full size
225/55R18 7.0JX18 98 750 H 210 240 (35) 240 (35) 240 (35) 240 (35)
tyre
11~13
245/45R19 7.5JX19 98 750 H 210 240 (35) 240 (35) 240 (35) 240 (35) (79~94,
T155/90D16 4TX16 110 1060 M 130 420 (60) 420 (60) 420 (60) 420 (60) 107~127)
Compact
spare tyre T135/90D17 4TX17 103 875 M 130 420 (60) 420 (60) 420 (60) 420 (60)
(if equipped)
T135/90D17 4TX17 104 900 M 130 420 (60) 420 (60) 420 (60) 420 (60)
*1 : Load Index
*2 : Speed Symbol
✽ NOTICE
• We recommend that when replacing tyres, use the same originally supplied with the vehicles.
If not, that affects driving performance.
• When driving in high altitude grades, it is natural for the atmospheric pressure to decrease.
Therefore, please check the tyre pressure and add more air when necessary.
Additionally required tyre air pressure per km above sea level: 1.5psi/km
CAUTION
When replacing tyres, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle.
Using tyres of a different size can damage the related parts or make it work irregularly.
9 7
Specifications & Consumer information
9 8
Specifications & Consumer information
MT 0.50
2.0 MPI
Petrol Hypoid gear oil API GL-5, SAE 75W/85
AT 0.45
Transfer case Engine (SK HCT-5 gear oil 75W/85 or equivalent)
oil (4WD)
2.4 GDI 0.45
Diesel
2.0 TCI 0.45
Engine
Petrol Engine
Fuel 62 L Refer to Fuel requirements in section 1
Diesel Engine
9 9
Specifications & Consumer information
Recommended SAE viscosity Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has an effect on fuel economy and cold weath-
number er operating (engine start and engine oil flowability). Lower viscosity engine oils
can provide better fuel economy and cold weather performance, however, high-
er viscosity engine oils are required for satisfactory lubrication in hot weather.
CAUTION
Using oils of any viscosity other than those recommended could result in
Always be sure to clean the area engine damage. When choosing an oil, consider the range of temperature
around any filler plug, drain your vehicle will be operated in before the next oil change. Proceed to select
plug, or dipstick before check- the recommended oil viscosity from the chart.
ing or draining any lubricant.
This is especially important in Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
dusty or sandy areas and when °C -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
the vehicle is used on unpaved Temperature
(°F) -10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
roads. Cleaning the plug and
dipstick areas will prevent dirt 20W-50
and grit from entering the 15W-40
B
engine and other mechanisms 10W-30
that could be damaged. 5W-20, 5W-30
20W-50
15W-40
C
10W-30
5W-30, 5W-40
10W-30/40
Diesel Engine Oil 5W-30/40
0W-30/40
9 10
Specifications & Consumer information
OQLE085005
■ Type B OQLE085012
OQL085001
■ Type B
The vehicle identification number
(VIN) is the number used in register-
ing your vehicle and in all legal mat-
ters pertaining to its ownership, etc.
The number is punched on the floor
under the driver or passenger seat.
To check the number, open the
cover.
OQL088005R
The VIN is also on a plate attached OQL086002R
to the top of the dashboard. The
number on the plate can easily be The vehicle certification label
seen through the windscreen from attached on the driver’s (or front pas-
outside. senger’s) side centre pillar gives the
vehicle identification number (VIN).
9 11
Specifications & Consumer information
OQLE085011 OQL088007L
■ Nu 2.0
The engine number is stamped on the
OQL085002R engine block as shown in the drawing.
The tyres supplied on your new vehi-
cle are chosen to provide the best
performance for normal driving.
The tyre label located on the driver's
side centre pillar gives the tyre pres-
sures recommended for your vehicle.
OQLE085008
9 12
Specifications & Consumer information
OQL088013L
ODW081001 The refrigerant label is located on CE0678
A compressor label informs you the the underside of the bonnet. The radio frequency components of
type of compressor your vehicle is the vehicle comply with requirements
equipped with such as model, suppli- and other relevant provisions of
er part number, production number, Directive 1995/5/EC.
refrigerant (1) and refrigerant oil (2).
Further information including the
manufacturer's declaration of con-
formity is available on Kia web site
as follows;
http://www.kia-hotline.com
9 13
Specifications & Consumer information
OTM048455L OTM048456L
9 14
Index
I
Index
Turning the display on or off ......................................5-11
A Turning the system on or off ......................................5-11
Air bag - supplemental restraint system ........................3-50 Audio System ..................................................................5-2
Additional safety precautions ....................................3-72 Antenna ........................................................................5-2
Air bag warning label ................................................3-73 How vehicle radio works ..............................................5-3
Air bag warning light..................................................3-54 USB port ......................................................................5-3
Curtain air bag ............................................................3-63 Audio System Specifications ........................................5-33
Driver's and passenger's front air bag ........................3-58 Bluetooth ....................................................................5-34
How does the air bag system operate ........................3-51 USB ............................................................................5-33
Side air bag ................................................................3-61 Automatic transaxle ......................................................6-24
SRS Care ....................................................................3-70 Automatic transaxle operation ....................................6-24
SRS components and functions ..................................3-55 Good driving practices................................................6-30
Air cleaner ....................................................................8-46
Filter replacement ......................................................8-46 B
Air conditioner compressor label ..................................9-13
Air conditioning system ..................................................9-4 Battery............................................................................8-54
All Wheel Drive (AWD)................................................6-32 Battery capacity label ................................................8-56
All Wheel Drive (AWD) transfer mode selection ......6-34 Battery recharging ......................................................8-56
For safe all wheel drive operation ..............................6-35 For best battery service ..............................................8-54
Reducing the risk of a rollover ..................................6-38 Reset items ..................................................................8-57
Tight corner brake effect ............................................6-33 Before driving ..................................................................6-5
Appearance care ..........................................................8-107 Before entering vehicle ................................................6-5
Exterior care..............................................................8-107 Before starting ..............................................................6-5
Interior care ..............................................................8-112 Necessary inspections ..................................................6-5
Audio (Without Touch Screen)........................................5-6 Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW) ........................6-118
Getting to know the basic operations ........................5-12 BCW (Blind-Spot Collision Warning)......................6-119
System layout – control panel ......................................5-6 Driver's attention ......................................................6-125
System layout – steering wheel remote control............5-8 RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning) ......6-122
I 2
Index
Bluetooth........................................................................5-21 Children always in the rear ........................................3-37
Connecting Bluetooth devices ....................................5-21 Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS) ................3-40
Using a Bluetooth audio device..................................5-24 ISOFIX anchorage and top-tether anchorage
Using a Bluetooth phone ............................................5-26 (ISOFIX anchorage system) for children ................3-41
Bonnet............................................................................4-41 Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) ................3-38
Closing the bonnet ......................................................4-42 Clean air ......................................................................4-183
Opening the bonnet ....................................................4-41 Climate control air filter ................................................8-48
Brake system..................................................................6-40 Filter inspection ..........................................................8-48
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ..................................6-54 Climate control system ................................................4-159
AUTO HOLD..............................................................6-51 Air conditioning ........................................................4-160
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) ................................6-44 Air Conditioning refrigerant label ............................4-162
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ............................6-56 Automatic climate control system ............................4-170
Good braking practices ..............................................6-63 Automatic heating and air conditioning ..................4-171
Hill-start Assist Control (HAC) ..................................6-62 Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant
Parking brake ..............................................................6-42 and compressor lubricant........................................4-163
Power brakes ..............................................................6-40 Climate control air filter ..........................................4-161
Trailer Stability Assist (TSA) ....................................6-62 Manual climate control system ................................4-164
Vehicle Stability Management (VSM)........................6-60 System operation ......................................................4-159
Brake/clutch fluid ..........................................................8-42 Cruise control system ....................................................6-80
Checking the brake/clutch fluid level ........................8-42 Cruise control switch ..................................................6-81
Bulb wattage ....................................................................9-5 To cancel cruise control ..............................................6-84
To decrease the cruising speed ..................................6-83
C To increase cruise control set speed ..........................6-83
To resume cruising speed at more than approximately
Child restraint system (CRS) ........................................3-37 30 km/h (20 mph) ....................................................6-85
Child seat restraint suitability for seat position using To set cruise control speed..........................................6-81
the seat belt ..............................................................3-48 To temporarily accelerate with the cruise control on ..6-84
To turn cruise control off ............................................6-85
I 3
Index
Fire extinguisher ........................................................7-32
D First aid kit ................................................................7-32
Declaration of Conformity ............................................9-13 Triangle reflector ........................................................7-32
Declaration of conformity ............................................5-36 Tyre pressure gauge ....................................................7-32
CE RED For EU ........................................................5-36 Emergency starting ..........................................................7-5
FCC ............................................................................5-37 Jump starting ................................................................7-5
NCC for Taiwan ..........................................................5-38 Push-starting ................................................................7-7
RoHS for Taiwan ........................................................5-36 Emission control system..............................................8-115
Defroster ......................................................................4-158 Crankcase emission control system ..........................8-115
Rear window defroster..............................................4-158 Evaporative emission control system........................8-115
Dimensions ......................................................................9-2 Exhaust emission control system..............................8-116
Door locks......................................................................4-18 Lean NOx Trap ........................................................8-119
Child-protector rear door locks ..................................4-21 Engine ..............................................................................9-3
Door lock/unlock features ..........................................4-21 Engine compartment..................................................2-7,8-3
Operating door locks from inside the vehicle ............4-19 Engine Coolant ..............................................................8-38
Operating door locks from outside the vehicle ........4-18 Changing the coolant ..................................................8-41
Drive mode integrated control system ........................6-107 Checking the coolant level..........................................8-38
DRIVE mode ............................................................6-107 Engine number ..............................................................9-12
Driver Attention Warning (DAW)................................6-127 Engine oil (Diesel) ........................................................8-36
Resetting the system ................................................6-129 Changing the engine oil and filter ..............................8-37
System disabled ........................................................6-129 Checking the engine oil level ....................................8-36
System malfunction ..................................................6-129 Engine oil (Petrol) ........................................................8-34
System setting and activation ..................................6-127 Changing the engine oil and filter ..............................8-35
Checking the engine oil level ....................................8-34
E Engine start/stop button ................................................6-12
Engine start/stop button position ................................6-12
Economical operation ..................................................6-132 Illuminated engine start/stop button ..........................6-12
Emergency Commodity ................................................7-32 Starting the engine ......................................................6-15
I 4
Index
Stopping the petrol engine/diesel engine Fuel requirements ............................................................1-3
(Manual Transaxle) ..................................................6-18 Diesel engine ................................................................1-6
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ..............8-29 Petrol engine ................................................................1-3
Exterior features ..........................................................4-201 Fuses ..............................................................................8-71
Roof rack ..................................................................4-201 Engine compartment fuse replacement ......................8-75
Exterior overview ............................................................2-2 Fuse/relay panel description ......................................8-77
Inner panel fuse replacement ......................................8-73
F
G
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)..................6-65
Brake operation ..........................................................6-68 Gross vehicle weight ......................................................9-3
Downhill Brake Control (DBC)..................................6-77
FCA warning message and system control ................6-67 H
Good braking practices ..............................................6-79
Limitation of the system ............................................6-72 How to use this manual ..................................................1-2
Recognizing pedestrians ............................................6-75
Sensor to detect the distance from the vehicle in front I
(front radar) ..............................................................6-69
System malfunction ....................................................6-71 If the engine overheats ....................................................7-8
System setting and activation ....................................6-65 If the engine will not start ..............................................7-4
Fuel filler lid ..................................................................4-44 If engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly ..........7-4
Closing the fuel filler lid ............................................4-45 If engine turns over normally but does not start ..........7-4
Opening the fuel filler lid ..........................................4-44 If you have a flat tyre (with spare tyre) ........................7-16
Fuel Filter (For Diesel) ..................................................8-45 Changing tyres ............................................................7-18
Draining water from the fuel filter ............................8-45 EC Declaration of Conformity for Jack ....................7-26
Fuel filter cartridge replacement ................................8-45 Jack and tools..............................................................7-16
Fuel label ......................................................................9-14 Jack label ....................................................................7-25
Gasoline (Petrol) engine ............................................9-14 Removing and storing the spare tyre ..........................7-17
Diesel engine ..............................................................9-14
I 5
Index
In case of an emergency whilst driving ..........................7-3 Map lamp ..................................................................4-153
If engine stalls whilst driving ......................................7-3 Room lamp................................................................4-155
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing ..............7-3 Tailgate room lamp ..................................................4-155
If you have a flat tyre whilst driving ............................7-3 Vanity mirror lamp....................................................4-156
Instrument cluster ..........................................................4-61 Interior overview..............................................................2-4
Gauges ........................................................................4-64
Instrument Cluster Control ........................................4-63 K
LCD Display Control..................................................4-64
Transaxle Shift Indicator ............................................4-67 Key positions ..................................................................6-7
Instrument panel overview (I) ........................................2-5 Ignition switch position ................................................6-7
Instrument panel overview (II) ........................................2-6 Illuminated ignition switch ..........................................6-7
Interior features............................................................4-187 Starting the engine ........................................................6-9
Air ventilation seat....................................................4-191 Stopping the petrol engine/diesel engine
Ashtray ......................................................................4-187 (Manual Transaxle) ..................................................6-11
Cargo security screen................................................4-199 Keys ................................................................................4-5
Cigarette lighter ........................................................4-187 Immobiliser system ......................................................4-6
Clothes hanger ..........................................................4-197 Key operations ..............................................................4-5
Cup holder ................................................................4-188 Record your key number ..............................................4-5
Floor mat anchor(s) ..................................................4-198
Luggage net holder ..................................................4-198 L
Power outlet ..............................................................4-192
Seat warmer ..............................................................4-190 Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system ............................6-109
Sunvisor ....................................................................4-189 Driver's attention ......................................................6-116
USB charger..............................................................4-193 LKA system function change ..................................6-117
Wireless smart phone charging system ....................4-194 LKA system malfunction..........................................6-114
Interior light ................................................................4-153 LKA system operation ..............................................6-111
Automatic turn off function ......................................4-153 LCD Display..................................................................4-70
Glove box lamp ........................................................4-155 Distance to empty ......................................................4-73
I 6
Index
LCD Modes ................................................................4-70 Vanity mirror lamp bulb replacement ......................8-103
Trip modes (Trip computer)........................................4-74 Lighting........................................................................4-134
User Settings Mode ....................................................4-77 Battery saver function ..............................................4-134
Warning Messages ......................................................4-82 Daytime running light ..............................................4-135
Light bulbs ....................................................................8-91 Front fog light ..........................................................4-141
Back-up lamp and Rear turn signal lamp bulb Headlight escort function..........................................4-134
replacement ............................................................8-101 Headlight levelling device ........................................4-142
Bulb replacement precaution ......................................8-91 High Beam Assist ....................................................4-143
Front fog lamp (Bulb and LED type) bulb High beam operation ................................................4-138
replacement ..............................................................8-98 Lighting control ........................................................4-135
Front turn signal lamp bulb replacement ..................8-96 Rear fog light ............................................................4-142
Glove box lamp bulb replacement ..........................8-105 Turn signals and lane change signals........................4-140
Headlamp (High/Low beam) bulb replacement..........8-95 Luggage volume ..............................................................9-4
High mounted stop lamp bulb replacement..............8-101
License plate lamp bulb replacement ......................8-101 M
Light bulb position (Front) ........................................8-93
Light bulb position (Rear) ..........................................8-94 Maintenance services ......................................................8-5
Light bulb position (Side) ..........................................8-95 Engine compartment precautions (Diesel engine)........8-7
Map lamp bulb replacement ....................................8-103 Owner maintenance precautions ..................................8-5
Personal lamp bulb replacement ..............................8-105 Owner’s responsibility ..................................................8-5
Position lamp + DRL bulb replacement ....................8-97 Manual speed limit assist ..............................................6-86
Room lamp bulb replacement ..................................8-104 To set speed limit ........................................................6-86
Side repeater lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement ....8-102 To turn off the Manual Speed Limit Assist ................6-88
Side repeater lamp (LED type) bulb replacement ....8-102 Manual transaxle............................................................6-19
Stop and tail lamp (LED type) bulb replacement ....8-100 Good driving practices................................................6-22
Stop and tail lamp bulb replacement ........................8-98 Manual transaxle operation ........................................6-19
Tail lamp (inside) bulb replacement ..........................8-99 Media Player..................................................................5-17
Tailgate room lamp bulb replacement ....................8-106 Using the media player ..............................................5-17
I 7
Index
Using the USB mode ..................................................5-18 Parking brake ................................................................8-44
Mirrors ..........................................................................4-56 Checking the parking brake ........................................8-44
Inside rearview mirror ................................................4-56 Parking distance warning-forward ..............................4-109
Outside rearview mirror..............................................4-58 Non-operational conditions of parking distance
warning-forward ....................................................4-111
O Operation of the parking distance warning-forward..4-109
Self-diagnosis............................................................4-113
Owner maintenance ........................................................8-9 Parking distance warning-reverse ................................4-105
Owner maintenance schedule ......................................8-9 Non-operational conditions of parking distance
warning-reverse ......................................................4-106
P Operation of the parking distance warning-reverse..4-105
Parking distance warning-reverse precautions..........4-107
Panorama sunroof ..........................................................4-47 Self-diagnosis............................................................4-108
Closing the sunroof ....................................................4-50
Resetting the sunroof ..................................................4-52 R
Sliding the sunroof......................................................4-49
Sunroof open warning ................................................4-48 Radio..............................................................................5-13
Sunshade ....................................................................4-48 Changing the radio mode............................................5-15
Tilting the sunroof ......................................................4-50 Listening to saved radio stations ................................5-16
Parking assist ..............................................................4-114 Saving radio stations ..................................................5-16
Additional instructions (messages) ..........................4-126 Scanning for available radio stations ..........................5-15
Additional instructions (messages) ..........................4-131 Searching for radio stations ........................................5-15
How the system works (Exit mode) ........................4-127 Turning on the radio ..................................................5-13
How the system works (Parking Mode) ..................4-119 Rearview monitor ........................................................4-133
Non-operating condition ..........................................4-116 Recommended lubricants and capacities ........................9-8
Operating condition ..................................................4-115 Recommended SAE viscosity number ......................9-10
System malfunction ..................................................4-126 Refrigerant label ............................................................9-13
System malfunction ..................................................4-132 Remote keyless entry ......................................................4-9
I 8
Index
Battery replacement ....................................................4-13 Special driving conditions ..........................................6-134
Remote keyless entry system operations ......................4-9 Driving at night ........................................................6-137
Smart key system operation........................................4-10 Driving in flooded areas ..........................................6-138
Transmitter precautions ..............................................4-12 Driving in the rain ....................................................6-137
Road warning ..................................................................7-2 Driving off-road ........................................................6-138
Hazard warning flasher ................................................7-2 Hazardous driving conditions ..................................6-134
Highway driving ......................................................6-138
S Reducing the risk of a rollover ................................6-134
Rocking the vehicle ..................................................6-135
Scheduled maintenance service ....................................8-11 Smooth cornering......................................................6-136
Scheduled maintenance service precaution ................8-11 Steering wheel ..............................................................4-53
Seat belts ......................................................................3- 18 Electronic power steering ..........................................4-53
Care of seat belts ........................................................3-35 Heated steering wheel ................................................4-54
Pre-tensioner seat belt ................................................3-29 Horn ............................................................................4-55
Seat belt precautions ..................................................3-32 Tilt & telescopic steering ..........................................4-54
Seat belt restraint system ............................................3-18 Storage compartment ..................................................4-184
Seats ................................................................................3-2 Centre console storage ..............................................4-184
Front seat adjustment - manual ....................................3-6 Glove box..................................................................4-184
Front seat adjustment - power ......................................3-8 Luggage box..............................................................4-186
Headrest (for front seat)..............................................3-10 Sunglass holder ........................................................4-185
Rear seat adjustment ..................................................3-13 System Status Icons ......................................................5-32
Seatback pocket ..........................................................3-13
Smart cruise control with stop & go system ................6-89 T
Limitations of the system..........................................6-101
Speed setting ..............................................................6-91 Tailgate ..........................................................................4-23
To adjust the sensitivity of smart cruise control ......6-100 Emergency tailgate safety release ..............................4-34
To convert to cruise control mode ............................6-101 Non-power tailgate......................................................4-23
Vehicle to vehicle distance setting..............................6-96 Power tailgate..............................................................4-25
I 9
Index
Smart tailgate ..............................................................4-30 Low aspect ratio tyre ..................................................8-69
Theft-alarm system ........................................................4-14 Recommended cold tyre inflation pressures ..............8-59
Armed stage ................................................................4-14 Tyre care ....................................................................8-59
Disarmed stage............................................................4-16 Tyre maintenance ........................................................8-65
Theft-alarm stage ........................................................4-15 Tyre replacement ........................................................8-63
Towing ..........................................................................7-27 Tyre rotation ..............................................................8-61
Emergency towing ......................................................7-29 Tyre sidewall labeling ................................................8-65
Removable towing hook ............................................7-28 Tyre traction ................................................................8-65
Towing service ............................................................7-27 Wheel alignment and tyre balance..............................8-62
Trademarks ....................................................................5-35 Wheel replacement ....................................................8-64
Trailer towing ..............................................................6-145
Driving with a trailer ................................................6-148 V
Hitches ......................................................................6-147
If you do decide to pull a trailer ..............................6-152 Vehicle break-in process ..................................................1-8
Maintenance when trailer towing ............................6-152 Vehicle certification label ..............................................9-11
Safety chains ............................................................6-147 Vehicle handling instructions ..........................................1-8
Trailer brakes ............................................................6-148 Vehicle identification number (VIN) ............................9-11
Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ....................7-9 Vehicle weight ............................................................6-157
Changing a tyre with TPMS ......................................7-13 Base kerb weight ......................................................6-157
Check tyre pressure ......................................................7-9 Cargo weight ............................................................6-157
Low tyre pressure position telltale..............................7-11 GAW (Gross axle weight) ........................................6-157
Low tyre pressure telltale............................................7-11 GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) ........................6-157
TPMS (Tyre Pressure Monitoring System) GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) ..................................6-157
malfunction indicator................................................7-12 GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) ....................6-157
Tyre specification and pressure label ............................9-12 Loading Your Vehicle - For Australia ......................6-158
Tyres and wheels..............................................................9-7 Overloading ..............................................................6-157
Tyres and wheels............................................................8-59 Vehicle kerb weight ..................................................6-157
Checking tyre inflation pressure ................................8-60
I 10
Index
To keep locks from freezing ....................................6-143
W Use approved window washer anti-freeze in system..6-143
Warning and indicator lights..........................................4-88 Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant ................6-143
Indicator Lights ..........................................................4-99 Wiper blades ..................................................................8-50
Warning lights ............................................................4-88 Blade inspection..........................................................8-50
Washer fluid ..................................................................8-43 Blade replacement ......................................................8-50
Checking the washer fluid level..................................8-43 Wipers and washers ....................................................4-147
Welcome system ..........................................................4-157 Rear window wiper and washer switch ....................4-151
Escort welcome ........................................................4-157 Windscreen washers..................................................4-150
Interior light ............................................................4-157 Windscreen wipers....................................................4-148
Welcome light ..........................................................4-157
Windows ........................................................................4-36
Power windows ..........................................................4-37
Windscreen defrosting and defogging ........................4-179
Auto defogging system (Only for automatic climate
control system)........................................................4-182
Automatic climate control system ............................4-179
Defogging logic ........................................................4-181
Manual climate control system ................................4-179
Operation tips............................................................4-180
Winter driving ..............................................................6-140
Carry emergency equipment ....................................6-144
Change to "winter weight" oil if necessary ..............6-143
Check battery and cables ..........................................6-143
Check spark plugs and ignition system ....................6-143
Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath ........6-144
Don't let your parking brake freeze ..........................6-144
Snowy or Icy conditions ..........................................6-140
I 11